Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

Obtained by ABC News

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 412

STATE REPORT

11.08.2020
ALABAMA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Alabama is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 33rd highest rate in the
country. Alabama is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 21st highest rate in
the country.
• Alabama has seen a decrease in new cases and stability in test positivity. We are beginning to see evidence of an early plateau of
cases and hospitalizations; careful ongoing data analysis will be required to fully understand the trajectory until there are
consistent declines in test positivity, cases, and hospitalizations.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Jefferson County, 2. Madison County,
and 3. Mobile County. These counties represent 24.0% of new cases in Alabama.
• 88% of all counties in Alabama have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 43%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 16% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 34% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Alabama had 145 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 41 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 1 to support operations activities from USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Birmingham, AL.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 150 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 118 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Alabama. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in
the Sunbelt as mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members. Ensure full flu immunizations across the state.
• Alabama must continue the strong mitigation efforts statewide and expand mitigation in the counties with rising cases and
hospitalizations. Overall, new hospital admissions have begun to show early stabilization.
• We are seeing early signs of reduced N95, gown, and glove supply in specific hospitals’ reporting. Please contact all hospitals
reporting less than one week’s supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support if this supply issue is confirmed.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALABAMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,122 106,660 687,656


-18%
(RATE PER 100,000) (145) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


9.9% +0.1%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 82,739** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-10%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,687**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 117 1,343 6,542


+60%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.4) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


16% +2%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


34% +2%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% -2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALABAMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALABAMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

97 hospitals are expected to report in Alabama


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALABAMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Birmingham-Hoover Montgomery
Decatur Cullman
Cullman Morgan
LOCALITIES
12 29
Gadsden Etowah
Anniston-Oxford Calhoun
IN RED Fort Payne DeKalb
ZONE Albertville
Scottsboro
St. Clair
Marshall
■ (+0) Talladega-Sylacauga ▼ (-1) Limestone
Ozark Jackson
Enterprise Blount
Alexander City Colbert
Jefferson
Shelby
Montgomery Tuscaloosa
LOCALITIES
8 17
Huntsville Baldwin
Tuscaloosa Houston
IN ORANGE Daphne-Fairhope-Foley Marion
ZONE Dothan
Selma
Clarke
Dallas
■ (+0) Atmore ▲ (+5) Cherokee
Eufaula Escambia
Clay
Washington
Madison
Mobile
Lauderdale
LOCALITIES
6 13
Mobile Walker
Florence-Muscle Shoals Lee
IN YELLOW Jasper Elmore
ZONE Auburn-Opelika
LaGrange
Covington
Chambers
▲ (+1) Columbus ▼ (-2) Winston
Marengo
Russell
Crenshaw

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Montgomery, Cullman, Morgan, Etowah, Calhoun, DeKalb, St. Clair, Marshall, Limestone, Jackson, Blount,
Colbert, Talladega, Dale, Coffee, Autauga, Franklin, Chilton, Pickens, Lawrence, Tallapoosa, Geneva, Bibb, Lamar, Fayette,
Cleburne, Macon, Lowndes, Bullock
All Orange Counties: Jefferson, Shelby, Tuscaloosa, Baldwin, Houston, Marion, Clarke, Dallas, Cherokee, Escambia,
Washington, Clay, Henry, Randolph, Barbour, Hale, Conecuh
All Yellow Counties: Madison, Mobile, Lauderdale, Walker, Lee, Elmore, Covington, Chambers, Winston, Marengo, Russell,
Crenshaw, Sumter

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALABAMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
ALASKA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Alaska is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 13th highest rate in the
country. Alaska is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 25th highest rate in the
country.
• Alaska has seen stability in new cases and an overall decrease in test positivity.
• The following three boroughs had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Anchorage Municipality, 2. Matanuska-
Susitna Borough, and 3. Fairbanks North Star Borough. These boroughs represent 73.3% of new cases in Alaska.
• 31% of all boroughs in Alaska have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 17%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• The greatest increase in test positivity in areas where there were more than 50 tested occurred in Bethel, Valdez-Cordova, Hoonah-
Angoon, and Dillingham Census Areas and Denali, Wrangell City, Sitka City, and Ketchikan Gateway Boroughs.
• Test positivity among 65+ year-olds is above 10% in North Slope, Matanuska-Susitna, Kenai, and Northwest Arctic Boroughs and in
the Bethel, Valdez-Cordova, and Kusilvak Census Areas.
• Inpatient bed utilization and ICU utilization are at 77% and 79%, respectively, in Anchorage; there are three hospitals reporting
critical staffing shortages.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, no nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 29% had at least one new staff
COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Alaska had 378 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 16 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 2 to support medical activities from CDC; and 23 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 12 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 6 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Alaska. An average of 90% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related
hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/boroughs in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, borough workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital
personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff
to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger
widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify
and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red boroughs. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Recommend masking in all indoor settings outside of the home or where social distancing is not possible.
• Work with corporations and/or advertising firms that have success in local markets to develop and disseminate public health
messaging on face masks, social distancing, and need to avoid or minimize social gatherings this fall and winter.
• Ensure all congregate and crowded work settings (clinics, prisons, shelters, canneries, etc.) have adequate screening and
surveillance of asymptomatic persons to limit possibility of super-spreader events.
• Monitor testing and contact tracing in all boroughs to ensure that results are returned within 48 hours, all cases are immediately
isolated and given education package (facilitated by text or email), and contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours of testing;
expand contact tracing capacity by limiting interview depth, scripting interviews, and developing clear algorithms to allow task-
shifting.
• Intensify messaging on escalating risks of transmission among small gatherings of family and friends; provide strategies for families
to effectively protect vulnerable persons by avoiding close contacts, even within households.
• Continue to reevaluate school status in all boroughs with increasing test positivity.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 2,762 21,975 687,656


+2%
(RATE PER 100,000) (378) (153) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


9.0% -0.6%* 8.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 43,837** 312,430** 7,362,570**


-16%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (5,992**) (2,177**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 3 171 6,542


-77%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.4) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% N/A* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


29% +7%* 22% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% N/A* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating borough-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top boroughs based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP BOROUGHS

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating borough-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

24 hospitals are expected to report in Alaska


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 BOROUGH AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) BOROUGHS

LOCALITIES
0 5
Matanuska-Susitna
IN RED N/A
Kenai Peninsula
Bethel Census Area
ZONE Kusilvak Census Area
■ (+0) ■ (+0) Southeast Fairbanks Census Area

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
2 Anchorage
Fairbanks 2 Anchorage Municipality
Fairbanks North Star

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
1 Juneau 2 Juneau City and
North Slope

■ (+0) ▼ (-2)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating borough-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 boroughs based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating borough-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ALASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating borough-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
ARIZONA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Arizona is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 32nd highest rate in the
country. Arizona is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 29th highest rate in the
country.
• Arizona has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. We are seeing a clear resurgence in community spread.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Maricopa County, 2. Pima County, and 3.
Pinal County. These counties represent 78.7% of new cases in Arizona.
• 87% of all counties in Arizona have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 27%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 8% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 26% had at least one new staff
COVID-19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Arizona had 147 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 9 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 2 to support testing activities from CDC; and 9 to support epidemiology activities from CDC.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 118 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 205 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Arizona. An average of 94% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in
the Sunbelt as mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members.
• Test positivity, cases, and new hospital admissions in Arizona continue to rise; there must be increased mitigation at the
community level. Mitigation efforts should continue to include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding
or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the
immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Weekly testing of all Tribal members residing on reservations should be implemented immediately, providing accommodations for
COVID-19 positive individuals to isolate immediately.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARIZONA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 10,719 53,783 687,656


+31%
(RATE PER 100,000) (147) (105) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.7% +1.2%* 7.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 125,615** 299,167** 7,362,570**


+29%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,726**) (583**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 175 555 6,542


+154%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.4) (1.1) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


8% +0%* 4% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


26% +7%* 8% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% +1%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARIZONA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARIZONA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

90 hospitals are expected to report in Arizona


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARIZONA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
4 Yuma
Show Low
Payson
Safford
4 Yuma
Navajo
Gila
Graham
▲ (+1) ▲ (+1)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
4 Tucson
Lake Havasu City-Kingman
Sierra Vista-Douglas
Nogales
4 Pima
Mohave
Cochise
Santa Cruz
■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
3 5
Maricopa
IN YELLOW Phoenix-Mesa-Chandler
Flagstaff
Pinal
Coconino
ZONE Prescott Valley-Prescott Yavapai
▼ (-1) ▼ (-1) Apache

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARIZONA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
ARKANSAS Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Arkansas is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 20th highest rate in the
country. Arkansas is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 27th highest rate in the
country.
• Arkansas has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Pulaski County, 2. Benton County, and 3.
Washington County. These counties represent 24.6% of new cases in Arkansas.
• 76% of all counties in Arkansas have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 31%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 30% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 47% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 11% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Arkansas had 277 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 5 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 91 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 160 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Arkansas. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or
new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts. In addition to the excellent Strategies for Preventing the Spread of COVID-
19 during Winter communication, deploy targeted testing to red and orange zones to identify and isolate individuals who are not
symptomatic and unknowingly spreading virus. These individuals are 18 to 40 years old; identify local incentives that would bring
forward this age group for testing.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Arkansans to adopt about
the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Behaviors are eroding on some college campuses; ensure students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further
outbreaks on or off campus. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to
hometowns for the holiday season.
• Nearly 50% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, which indicates unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes,
assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARKANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 8,356 80,966 687,656


+24%
(RATE PER 100,000) (277) (190) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.9% +0.4%* 10.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 37,852** 645,005** 7,362,570**


-42%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,254**) (1,510**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 160 1,089 6,542


+36%
(RATE PER 100,000) (5.3) (2.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


30% -1%* 17% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


47% +5%* 28% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% -3%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARKANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARKANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

85 hospitals are expected to report in Arkansas


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARKANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Craighead
Greene
Miller
Jonesboro
LOCALITIES
7 23
Mississippi
Texarkana
Crittenden
IN RED Paragould
Blytheville
Lonoke
ZONE Memphis
Poinsett
Izard
▼ (-1) Mountain Home
Camden ▲ (+3) Jackson
Baxter
Lawrence
Sevier
Benton
Sebastian
Saline
LOCALITIES
2 12
Crawford
Hot Spring
IN ORANGE Fort Smith Carroll
ZONE Malvern Randolph
Clay
▼ (-2) ▼ (-1) Cleburne
Sharp
Ouachita
Dallas
Little Rock-North Little Rock-Conway Washington
Fayetteville-Springdale-Rogers Faulkner
Pine Bluff White
LOCALITIES
14 22
Searcy Garland
Hot Springs Jefferson
IN YELLOW Russellville Pope
ZONE Batesville
Harrison
Boone
St. Francis
▲ (+5) Hope ▼ (-1) Union
El Dorado Hempstead
Forrest City Franklin
Magnolia Columbia

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow CBSAs: Little Rock-North Little Rock-Conway, Fayetteville-Springdale-Rogers, Pine Bluff, Searcy, Hot Springs,
Russellville, Batesville, Harrison, Hope, Forrest City, El Dorado, Magnolia, Helena-West Helena, Arkadelphia
All Red Counties: Craighead, Greene, Miller, Mississippi, Crittenden, Lonoke, Poinsett, Izard, Jackson, Baxter, Lawrence,
Sevier, Arkansas, Howard, Fulton, Ashley, Polk, Cleveland, Prairie, Lafayette, Searcy, Monroe, Calhoun
All Yellow Counties: Washington, White, Faulkner, Garland, Jefferson, Pope, Boone, Union, St. Francis, Hempstead,
Franklin, Columbia, Phillips, Clark, Nevada, Desha, Yell, Marion, Drew, Woodruff, Newton, Pike

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ARKANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
CALIFORNIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• California continued to see an increase in disease activity. California is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51
and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 46th highest rate in the country. California is in the green zone for test
positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 45th highest rate in the country.
• California has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity. Hospitalizations edged up slightly.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Los Angeles County, 2. San
Bernardino County, and 3. Riverside County. These counties represent 50.0% of new cases in California.
• Several rural counties in northern California reported more than 100 cases per 100,000 population last week, as did counties
in the Central Valley, inland areas of Southern California, and Los Angeles County.
• No counties in California have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 3% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 5% had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and 2% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• California had 89 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 133 to support operations
activities from FEMA; 6 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 279 to support operations activities from USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Bakersfield, CA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 365 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 500 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in California. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either
new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• California has had strong success with the gradated series of mitigation measures applied to localities according to local
epidemiological trends. We share the concern of California leaders that enhanced disease control measures are needed to
avoid an increase in preventable hospitalizations and deaths. The adaptive mitigation measures based on county disease
activity have helped to control transmission in public settings but have had limited success in preventing spread at private
gatherings. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce messaging around
social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control of
transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups
from the community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all
hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care
facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which
should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of
symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties.
Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication
from state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Californians to wear masks, physically distance,
and avoid gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the
community and have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to
routinely test all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
institutions of higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate
exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CALIFORNIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 35,224 53,783 687,656


+19%
(RATE PER 100,000) (89) (105) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


3.3% -0.1%* 7.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 79,779** 299,167** 7,362,570**


-86%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (202**) (583**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 310 555 6,542


-1%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.8) (1.1) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% -4%* 4% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


5% -10%* 8% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


2% +0%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
California's testing volume is significantly underestimated in this report due to technical reporting issues. The test positivity value shown may be
inaccurate or incomplete until these issues are resolved.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is through
11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may be included in
other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CALIFORNIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the state. Data
is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. California's testing volume is significantly
underestimated in this report due to technical reporting issues. The test positivity value shown may be inaccurate or incomplete until these issues are resolved.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CALIFORNIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

374 hospitals are expected to report in California


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CALIFORNIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-1)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-7) ▼ (-9)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have incomplete data due to
delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the state. Data is
through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. California's testing volume is significantly underestimated in this
report due to technical reporting issues. The test positivity value shown may be inaccurate or incomplete until these issues are resolved.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CALIFORNIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the
state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
California's testing volume is significantly underestimated in this report due to technical reporting issues. The test positivity value shown may be
inaccurate or incomplete until these issues are resolved.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
COLORADO Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Colorado is seeing continued acceleration in cases and test positivity over the last two months that will continue to lead to
increasing hospitalizations and deaths; a more comprehensive mitigation strategy is needed. Colorado is in the red zone for cases,
indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 15th highest rate in the country. Colorado is in the red zone for
test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 19th highest rate in the country.
• Colorado has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The increase in cases involves counties throughout the state with high incidence rates in multiple counties; eighteen counties are
on the state caution list that could lead to a stay at home order if cases do not stabilize over the next two weeks. The following
three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Denver County, 2. Adams County, and 3. El Paso
County. These counties represent 42.8% of new cases in Colorado.
• Current hospitalizations continue to increase rapidly and have doubled in the last two weeks. The acceleration exceeds predictions
of recent state models; updated models predict potential overload of ICU capacity in December.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): CU Boulder is expanding on campus testing to facilitate students’ testing before departure at
Thanksgiving.
• 56% of all counties in Colorado have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 27%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 15% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 32% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Colorado had 348 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 65 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 4 to support operations activities from ASPR; 2 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; and 1 to support
operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 150 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 138 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Colorado. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Colorado has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. These measures help to control transmission in public settings but have had limited success in
preventing spread at private gatherings. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce
messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control
of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Coloradans to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage IHEs to
test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

COLORADO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 20,040 60,937 687,656


+56%
(RATE PER 100,000) (348) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


10.4% +3.2%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 186,294** 401,866** 7,362,570**


+21%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,235**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 99 417 6,542


+48%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.7) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


15% +4%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


32% +2%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% +1%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

COLORADO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

COLORADO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

89 hospitals are expected to report in Colorado


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

COLORADO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Adams
El Paso
Arapahoe
Denver-Aurora-Lakewood
LOCALITIES
7 17
Weld
Colorado Springs
Douglas
IN RED Greeley
Pueblo
Pueblo
ZONE Sterling
Logan
Summit
▲ (+4) Breckenridge
Fort Morgan ▲ (+8) Morgan
Prowers
Elbert
Otero

Denver
LOCALITIES
4 8
Jefferson
Fort Collins Larimer
IN ORANGE Grand Junction Mesa
ZONE Glenwood Springs
Montrose
Garfield
Teller
▲ (+3) ▲ (+4) Montrose
Montezuma

Boulder
Broomfield
Eagle
LOCALITIES
3 11
Crowley
IN YELLOW Boulder
Edwards
Conejos
Park
ZONE Craig Sedgwick
▼ (-3) ▼ (-3) Grand
Clear Creek
Moffat
Gilpin

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Adams, El Paso, Arapahoe, Weld, Douglas, Pueblo, Logan, Summit, Morgan, Prowers, Elbert,
Otero, Phillips, Washington, Lake, Gunnison, Custer

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

COLORADO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
CONNECTICUT Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Connecticut continues to see a rapid rise in cases and test positivity that will continue to lead to increasing hospitalizations and deaths; an
augmented mitigation strategy is recommended. Connecticut is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000
population, with the 26th highest rate in the country. Connecticut is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and
7.9%, with the 37th highest rate in the country.
• Connecticut has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. Test positivity has risen sharply past 6%.
• Cases continue to disproportionately affect young adults. Contact tracing indicates that increased COVID-19 cases are linked to social spread
rather than institutional settings. Current hospitalizations continued to increase, as has mortality.
• Effective Friday, Nov. 6th, Governor Lamont has announced that the state will pull back as a whole to phase 2 (termed ‘2.1’ given some
modifications) of its economic recovery plan. A statewide public health advisory was issued urging residents to limit non-essential trips
outside the home between 10 p.m. and 5 a.m.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Fairfield County, 2. New Haven County, and 3.
Hartford County. These counties represent 80.2% of new cases in Connecticut. 68 towns, accounting for approximately 60% of the
population, are now considered "Red Alert" towns, up from 30 the previous week. The high alert localities are widely spread across the state.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): Reported active cases increased at several IHEs. UConn reported 17 cases associated with a single
dorm over the last week. Quinnipiac University reported 115 COVID-19 cases in a two-day period; it will implement a two-week, campus-wide
quarantine and will test every student. Yale identified 20 cases among students who live in three dorms which are now quarantined.
• 38% of all counties in Connecticut have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with none having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 11% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 2% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Connecticut had 194 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations activities from FEMA
and 9 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 48 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 97 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Connecticut. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the strong concern of Connecticut leaders that the current situation is worsening and that there is a limited time window to limit
further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s active measures are commended.
• Connecticut has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. The continued rapid increase in cases and test positivity throughout the state supports the need for the
additional statewide measures that were taken. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for earlier resumption of business activity in
addition to limiting hospitalizations and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from state and
community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Connecticuters to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid gatherings in both
public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and have been successfully
recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test all
teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage IHEs to test their
student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CONNECTICUT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 6,918 22,390 687,656


+34%
(RATE PER 100,000) (194) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


6.2% +1.5%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 57,173** 719,818** 7,362,570**


-13%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,604**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 56 220 6,542


+47%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.6) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% +1%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% +3%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


2% +0%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CONNECTICUT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CONNECTICUT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

31 hospitals are expected to report in Connecticut


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CONNECTICUT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
2 Bridgeport-Stamford-Norwalk
New Haven-Milford 3 Fairfield
New Haven
Hartford
■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

CONNECTICUT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
DELAWARE Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Delaware’s epidemic worsened last week; a window of time still exists to pivot to additional mitigation efforts to limit further
increases in hospitalizations and deaths. Delaware is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000
population, with the 38th highest rate in the country. Delaware is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below
4.9%, with the 42nd highest rate in the country.
• Delaware has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. New COVID hospitalizations increased last week.
• Cases disproportionately affect young adults (20-35 years) contracting the virus in social and family gatherings. Outbreaks in long-
term care facilities (LTCFs) continue; the number of facilities reporting a death increased last week. The intensified restrictions on
beach bars were lifted last week.
• 33% of all counties in Delaware have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with none
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 23% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 26% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 8% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Delaware had 131 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 8 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 5 to support medical activities from VA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 13 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 27 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Delaware. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or
new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the assessment of Delaware leaders that the COVID epidemic is likely to worsen. There is still a limited time window to
limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s continued personal guidance on these
measures is critical and is commended.
• Delaware has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for earlier resumption of business activity in
addition to limiting hospitalizations and deaths.
• The currently recommended mitigation measures help to control transmission in public settings but have limited success in
preventing spread at private gatherings. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce
messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among LTCF staff to identify geographic areas with
high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Delawareans to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
institutions of higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to
family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

DELAWARE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 1,278 39,789 687,656


+20%
(RATE PER 100,000) (131) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


4.1% +0.9%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 33,965** 753,082** 7,362,570**


-14%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,488**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 13 361 6,542


-48%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.3) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


23% +0%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


26% -22%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


8% -5%* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

DELAWARE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

DELAWARE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

8 hospitals are expected to report in Delaware


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

DELAWARE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
2 Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington
Salisbury 1 Sussex

▲ (+1) ▲ (+1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

DELAWARE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• The District of Columbia is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population,
with the 45th highest rate in the country. The District of Columbia is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at
or below 4.9%, with the 49th highest rate in the country.
• The District of Columbia has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• The District of Columbia does not have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 13% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• The District of Columbia had 92 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 4 to support operations
activities from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 10 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 77 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in the District of Columbia. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals
reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The current favorable situation in the District is not likely stable, given the gradual increase in test positivity despite very
high levels of testing. The current period would be an optimal time window to pivot to additional mitigation activities and
limit further cases, hospitalizations, and deaths. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for greater resumption of
business activity in addition to limiting hospitalizations and deaths.
• The District has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation
measures in response to changes in incidence. Additional measures should include a new asymptomatic surveillance
approach and augmented communications to reinforce messaging around social gatherings.
• The gradual increase in test positivity and cases is consistent with slowly increasing silent community spread. The silent
community spread that precedes and continues throughout these COVID disease surges can only be identified and
interrupted through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as the universities have done with frequent (weekly)
required testing. The District has done well in greatly increasing community access to testing; further modifications will be
useful.
• The university approach can be adapted to neighborhoods/wards in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of
groups from the community (teachers, community college students, city workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings,
all hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care
facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which
should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of
symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms. Requiring use only in
symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication
from city and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking DC residents to wear masks, physically distance, and
avoid gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the
community and have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to
routinely test all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 648 39,789 687,656


+21%
(RATE PER 100,000) (92) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


2.2% +0.4%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 41,795** 753,082** 7,362,570**


+2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (5,922**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 6 361 6,542


+50%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.9) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


13% +13%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% -4%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% N/A* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

11 hospitals are expected to report in the District of Columbia


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
1 Washington-Arlington-Alexandria 0 N/A

▲ (+1) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
FLORIDA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Florida is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 31st highest rate in the country.
Florida is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 34th highest rate in the country.
• Florida has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• Triangulating test positivity, cases, and hospitalizations, Florida is experiencing a resurgence in community spread and mitigation efforts
need to be reinstituted.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Miami-Dade County, 2. Broward County, and 3.
Palm Beach County. These counties represent 35.3% of new cases in Florida.
• 78% of all counties in Florida have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 7% having high
levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 11% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Florida had 151 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 56 to support operations activities from
USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 379 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 327 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Florida. An average of 93% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID
patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related hospitalizations.
Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date, with a clear resurgence in
Florida.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• We are seeing early signs of reduced N95, gown, and glove supply in specific hospitals’ reporting. Please contact all hospitals reporting less
than one week’s supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support if this supply issue is confirmed.
• Florida must reestablish strong mitigation efforts statewide with even further intensified mitigation in the counties with rising cases and
hospitalizations. Mitigation efforts should continue to include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or
eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate
household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

FLORIDA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 32,409 106,660 687,656


+14%
(RATE PER 100,000) (151) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


6.9% +0.4%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 441,024** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-3%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,053**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 301 1,343 6,542


-20%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.4) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% -1%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% +0%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% +1%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

FLORIDA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

FLORIDA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

213 hospitals are expected to report in Florida


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

FLORIDA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
1 5
Walton
IN RED Crestview-Fort Walton Beach-Destin
Taylor
Union
ZONE Franklin
▼ (-1) ■ (+0) Gulf

Miami-Dade
Osceola
Okaloosa
LOCALITIES
4 11
Hernando
Key West
IN ORANGE Sebring-Avon Park
Monroe
Highlands
ZONE Clewiston
Wauchula
Baker
▲ (+1) ▲ (+3) Hendry
Hardee
Jefferson
Hamilton
Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach Broward
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater Palm Beach
Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford Orange
LOCALITIES
21 36
Jacksonville Hillsborough
North Port-Sarasota-Bradenton Duval
IN YELLOW Cape Coral-Fort Myers Pinellas
ZONE Lakeland-Winter Haven
Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville
Lee
Polk
▲ (+4) Gainesville ▲ (+2) Brevard
Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent Alachua
Naples-Marco Island Collier
Port St. Lucie Manatee

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow CBSAs: Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach, Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Jacksonville,
North Port-Sarasota-Bradenton, Cape Coral-Fort Myers, Lakeland-Winter Haven, Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville, Gainesville, Pensacola-
Ferry Pass-Brent, Naples-Marco Island, Port St. Lucie, Ocala, Panama City, Punta Gorda, Sebastian-Vero Beach, Homosassa Springs, Lake
City, Palatka, Okeechobee, Arcadia
All Yellow Counties: Broward, Palm Beach, Orange, Hillsborough, Duval, Pinellas, Lee, Polk, Brevard, Alachua, Collier, Manatee, Pasco,
Sarasota, Escambia, Seminole, St. Johns, St. Lucie, Marion, Clay, Bay, Charlotte, Indian River, Santa Rosa, Citrus, Jackson, Columbia,
Putnam, Wakulla, Okeechobee, DeSoto, Levy, Calhoun, Gadsden, Bradford, Dixie

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

FLORIDA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
GEORGIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Georgia is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 40th highest rate in the country.
Georgia is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 30th highest rate in the country.
• Georgia has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity; however, triangulation of data suggests there is increasing
community spread, especially silent asymptomatic spread that will result in further increases in cases and hospitalizations.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Fulton County, 2. Gwinnett County, and 3. DeKalb
County. These counties represent 23.8% of new cases in Georgia.
• 67% of all counties in Georgia have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 25% having high
levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 10% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 19% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Georgia had 112 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 27 to support operations activities from
FEMA; 9 to support operations activities from ASPR; 2 to support medical activities from CDC; 5 to support testing activities from CDC; 22 to
support epidemiology activities from CDC; 2 to support operations activities from CDC; and 4 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 290 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 166 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Georgia. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• Georgia must expand the mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases are increasing. New hospital admissions in Georgia
continue to be at a moderate plateau; there must be increased mitigation at the community level. Mitigation efforts should continue to
include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in
public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Georgia needs to evaluate all its PPE reporting from hospitals, as there appears to be a significant issue with supply.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

GEORGIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 11,901 106,660 687,656


+14%
(RATE PER 100,000) (112) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.4% +0.2%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 119,081** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-16%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,122**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 208 1,343 6,542


+8%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.0) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


10% -1%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


19% -1%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% -3%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

GEORGIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

GEORGIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

137 hospitals are expected to report in Georgia


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

GEORGIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Whitfield
Clayton
Dalton Floyd
LOCALITIES
8 39
Rome Bartow
Chattanooga Gordon
IN RED Calhoun Douglas
ZONE Jefferson
Cedartown
Carroll
Jackson
▼ (-3) Douglas ▲ (+5) Walker
Summerville Murray
Catoosa
Rockdale
Augusta-Richmond County Henry
Warner Robins Columbia
Macon-Bibb County Houston
LOCALITIES
12 28
Valdosta Walton
Hinesville Paulding
IN ORANGE Statesboro Lowndes
ZONE Vidalia
Cornelia
Newton
Spalding
▼ (-1) Toccoa ▼ (-12) Bulloch
Thomasville Liberty
Cordele Habersham
Eufaula Bryan
Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Alpharetta Fulton
Savannah Gwinnett
Gainesville DeKalb
LOCALITIES
15 40
Athens-Clarke County Cobb
Columbus Cherokee
IN YELLOW Dublin Hall
ZONE Waycross
LaGrange
Richmond
Chatham
▲ (+4) St. Marys ▲ (+12) Forsyth
Moultrie Clarke
Tifton Bibb
Jesup Barrow

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow CBSAs: Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Alpharetta, Savannah, Gainesville, Athens-Clarke County, Columbus, Dublin, Waycross, LaGrange, St. Marys, Tifton,
Moultrie, Jesup, Bainbridge, Fitzgerald, Thomaston
All Red Counties: Whitfield, Clayton, Floyd, Bartow, Gordon, Douglas, Carroll, Jackson, Walker, Murray, Catoosa, Rockdale, Polk, Pickens, Coffee, Franklin,
Chattooga, Haralson, Washington, Toombs, Madison, Emanuel, Union, Peach, Putnam, Dade, Towns, White, McDuffie, Elbert, Monroe, Oglethorpe, Lamar, Wilkes,
Clinch, Heard, Greene, Lincoln, Taylor
All Orange Counties: Henry, Columbia, Houston, Walton, Paulding, Lowndes, Newton, Spalding, Bulloch, Liberty, Habersham, Tattnall, Bryan, Stephens, Telfair,
Cook, Thomas, Appling, Butts, Banks, Crisp, Candler, Grady, Burke, Morgan, Rabun, Jefferson, Macon
All Yellow Counties: Fulton, Gwinnett, DeKalb, Cobb, Cherokee, Hall, Richmond, Chatham, Forsyth, Clarke, Bibb, Barrow, Effingham, Fayette, Coweta, Laurens, Ware,
Troup, Gilmer, Camden, Colquitt, Tift, Chattahoochee, Brantley, Wayne, Oconee, Fannin, Lumpkin, Decatur, Pierce, Dawson, Hart, Ben Hill, Jones, Jeff Davis, Harris,
Early, Miller, Upson, Irwin

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

GEORGIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
HAWAII Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Hawaii is in the yellow zone for cases, indicating between 10 and 50 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 50th highest
rate in the country. Hawaii is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 46th highest
rate in the country.
• Hawaii has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Honolulu County, 2. Hawaii
County, and 3. Maui County. These counties represent 95.9% of new cases in Hawaii.
• No counties in Hawaii have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, no nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 3% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Hawaii had 50 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 17 to support operations
activities from FEMA; 2 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; 1 to support operations activities from CDC; and 18 to
support operations activities from USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Honolulu, Kauai, Maui, Lanai, and Moloka'i.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 7 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 18 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Hawaii. An average of 76% of hospitals reported either new confirmed
or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total
number of COVID-related hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties with proactive weekly testing of groups from the community
(teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to
identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger
widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to
identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact
tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms. Requiring use only in
symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work
without a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Plan to intensify local restrictions wherever and whenever an increase in transmission is detected by surveillance. Enhance
surveillance through local wastewater surveillance.
• Given intensification of the epidemic on CONUS, maintain intense surveillance and testing across the state, make testing
available to tourists, and ensure air-tight screening of all visitors with requirement of negative test results from a test
administered within 48-72 hours of departure.
• Monitor testing and contact tracing in all counties to ensure that results are returned within 48 hours and all cases are
immediately isolated and given education package within 72 hours of testing; expand contact tracing capacity by limiting
interview depth, scripting interviews and developing clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and pulling remote support
from lower-burden areas.
• Maintain strict adherence to CMS guidance at all LTCFs, enforcing strict adherence to infection prevention and control
principles described in CMS guidance and use of rapid testing to prevent continued silent spread.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

HAWAII
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 701 53,783 687,656


+31%
(RATE PER 100,000) (50) (105) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


2.7% +0.5%* 7.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 27,372** 299,167** 7,362,570**


-11%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,933**) (583**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 2 555 6,542


-78%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.1) (1.1) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% -8%* 4% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


3% -7%* 8% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% -5%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

HAWAII
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

HAWAII
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

27 hospitals are expected to report in Hawaii


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

HAWAII
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

HAWAII
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
IDAHO Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Idaho is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 12th highest rate in the
country. Idaho is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 2nd highest rate in the country.
• Idaho has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. Test positivity increased in 32 counties and case rates
increased in 28.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Ada County, 2. Canyon County, and 3.
Twin Falls County. These counties represent 38.7% of new cases in Idaho.
• 89% of all counties in Idaho have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 86%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 11% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 43% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death. There were apparent outbreaks at facilities in Shoshone
and Nampa.
• Idaho had 397 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 9 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 1 to support testing activities from CDC; and 14 to support medical activities from VA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 44 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 7 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Idaho. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Given the urgency of the epidemic and the potential for further growth, strongly encourage face coverings in all indoor settings
outside the home, as recommended by SIDMAC.
• Continue robust messaging across all media platforms (including automated SMS) to educate vulnerable individuals and their
families about the risks of transmission from familial or smaller social gatherings; work with advertising or corporate partners with
success in local markets to develop new communication strategies as soon as possible.
• Greatly expand use of local hospital or clinical staff as part of strong public advocacy for community mitigation behaviors in all
communities.
• Increase messaging to encourage testing of all who attended rallies, protests, or celebrations.
• Actively monitor testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure test results are returned within 48 hours and all cases
are immediately isolated and interviewed within 72 hours of testing; expand contact tracing capacity by focusing the interview,
developing scripts and clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and coordinating remote surge capacity from districts with lower
case rates.
• Implement quantitative local wastewater testing in as many communities as possible; prioritize communities which are not yet in
the red zone in order to detect increases early. Consider using direct wastewater surveillance of congregate settings, such as
dormitories, shelters, and nursing homes.
• Monitor and ensure strict adherence to CDC school policy guidance to curb transmission, including use of face coverings for all K-12
students and teachers.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IDAHO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,099 21,975 687,656


+16%
(RATE PER 100,000) (397) (153) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


23.3% +4.9%* 8.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 35,346** 312,430** 7,362,570**


-2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,978**) (2,177**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 53 171 6,542


-18%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.0) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% -4%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


43% -6%* 22% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% +4%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IDAHO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IDAHO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

41 hospitals are expected to report in Idaho


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IDAHO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Boise Ada
Twin Falls Canyon
Idaho Falls Twin Falls
LOCALITIES
16 38
Coeur d'Alene Kootenai
Pocatello Bonneville
IN RED Rexburg Bannock
ZONE Burley
Lewiston
Madison
Nez Perce
▲ (+1) Blackfoot ▲ (+5) Bingham
Moscow Cassia
Mountain Home Jerome
Hailey Minidoka

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Lewis

▼ (-1) ▼ (-2)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ▼ (-2)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Boise, Twin Falls, Idaho Falls, Coeur d'Alene, Pocatello, Rexburg, Burley, Lewiston, Blackfoot, Moscow, Mountain Home, Hailey,
Ontario, Logan, Sandpoint, Jackson
All Red Counties: Ada, Canyon, Twin Falls, Kootenai, Bonneville, Bannock, Madison, Nez Perce, Bingham, Cassia, Jerome, Minidoka, Latah,
Gooding, Jefferson, Fremont, Elmore, Payette, Franklin, Blaine, Lemhi, Caribou, Idaho, Boundary, Bonner, Lincoln, Gem, Washington, Teton,
Shoshone, Clearwater, Power, Owyhee, Adams, Valley, Bear Lake, Benewah, Boise

Red CBSAs: Boise CBSA is comprised of Ada County, ID; Boise County, ID; Canyon County, ID; Gem County, ID; and Owyhee County, ID. Twin Falls
CBSA is comprised of Jerome County, ID and Twin Falls County, ID. Idaho Falls CBSA is comprised of Bonneville County, ID; Butte County, ID; and
Jefferson County, ID. Coeur d'Alene CBSA is comprised of Kootenai County, ID. Pocatello CBSA is comprised of Bannock County, ID and Power
County, ID. Rexburg CBSA is comprised of Fremont County, ID and Madison County, ID. Burley CBSA is comprised of Cassia County, ID and
Minidoka County, ID. Lewiston CBSA is comprised of Nez Perce County, ID and Asotin County, WA. Blackfoot CBSA is comprised of Bingham
County, ID. Moscow CBSA is comprised of Latah County, ID. Mountain Home CBSA is comprised of Elmore County, ID. Hailey CBSA is comprised of
Blaine County, ID and Camas County, ID. Ontario CBSA is comprised of Payette County, ID and Malheur County, OR. Logan CBSA is comprised of
Franklin County, ID and Cache County, UT. Sandpoint CBSA is comprised of Bonner County, ID. Jackson CBSA is comprised of Teton County, ID
and Teton County, WY.

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IDAHO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
ILLINOIS Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Illinois is seeing a continued rapid rise in cases and test positivity over the last five weeks that will continue to lead to increasing
hospitalizations and deaths; additional mitigation strategies are needed. The rise in test positivity, hospitalizations, and deaths
confirm rapidly increasing disease activity. Illinois is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000
population, with the 8th highest rate in the country. Illinois is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%,
with the 16th highest rate in the country.
• Illinois has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. Hospitalizations continue to increase rapidly, reaching a
level last seen in mid-May.
• High viral transmission is widely distributed throughout Illinois. The following three counties had the highest number of new cases
over the last 3 weeks: 1. Cook County, 2. DuPage County, and 3. Will County. These counties represent 50.4% of new cases in Illinois.
• 96% of all counties in Illinois have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 74%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone). All 11 state health districts will be under increased mitigation measures
due to worsening epidemic trends.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): UIUC reported a further increase to a test positivity of 0.6% in the last week; this followed
unsanctioned Halloween parties as well as rapidly increasing disease activity in the surrounding community.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 21% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 44% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 7% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Illinois had 498 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 68 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 5 to support operations activities from ASPR; 1 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; and 7 to support
operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 414 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 548 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Illinois. An average of 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the strong concern of Illinois leaders that the current situation is worsening dramatically and that additional measures are
needed to limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s continued personal guidance on
these measures is critical and is commended.
• Illinois has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. Additional measures should include a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit silent
community spread and augmented communications to reinforce messaging around social gatherings. Maximizing control of
transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting hospitalizations and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Illinoisans to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage IHEs to
test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ILLINOIS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 63,139 207,351 687,656


+65%
(RATE PER 100,000) (498) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


11.4% +2.4%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 469,373** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


+5%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,704**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 369 1,493 6,542


+26%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.9) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


21% +6%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


44% +8%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


7% +1%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30. USAFacts began reporting probable cases on 11/6.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is through
11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may be included in
other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ILLINOIS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. USAFacts began reporting probable cases on 11/6.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ILLINOIS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

190 hospitals are expected to report in Illinois


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ILLINOIS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Chicago-Naperville-Elgin Cook
St. Louis DuPage
Rockford Will
LOCALITIES
27 75
Davenport-Moline-Rock Island Kane
Springfield Lake
IN RED Decatur Winnebago
ZONE Ottawa
Kankakee
McHenry
Sangamon
▲ (+7) Carbondale-Marion ▲ (+26) Madison
Quincy Macon
Sterling Rock Island
Charleston-Mattoon Kankakee

St. Clair
Peoria
LOCALITIES
2 9
Henry
IN ORANGE Peoria
Woodford
Jefferson
ZONE Mount Vernon
Jersey
▼ (-5) ▼ (-13) Moultrie
Richland
Stark

McLean
Marion
Edgar
LOCALITIES
2 14
Montgomery
Wayne
IN YELLOW Bloomington Ford
ZONE Centralia Piatt
Union
▼ (-2) ▼ (-5) Crawford
Lawrence
White
Marshall

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, St. Louis, Rockford, Davenport-Moline-Rock Island, Springfield, Decatur, Ottawa, Kankakee, Carbondale-Marion, Quincy,
Sterling, Charleston-Mattoon, Danville, Freeport, Rochelle, Galesburg, Effingham, Dixon, Jacksonville, Pontiac, Macomb, Taylorville, Lincoln, Fort Madison-Keokuk,
Paducah, Burlington, Cape Girardeau
All Red Counties: Cook, DuPage, Will, Kane, Lake, Winnebago, McHenry, Sangamon, Madison, Macon, Rock Island, Kankakee, LaSalle, Kendall, DeKalb, Tazewell,
Adams, Whiteside, Boone, Vermilion, Stephenson, Ogle, Coles, Knox, Williamson, Clinton, Grundy, Effingham, Lee, Douglas, Livingston, Franklin, Fulton, Morgan,
Randolph, Jackson, Bureau, Pike, Monroe, McDonough, Iroquois, Christian, Macoupin, Fayette, Carroll, Shelby, Logan, Jo Daviess, Saline, Warren, Clark, Mercer,
Hancock, Greene, Bond, Perry, De Witt, Jasper, Mason, Johnson, Cumberland, Clay, Washington, Wabash, Hamilton, Brown, Massac, Henderson, Alexander, Pulaski,
Calhoun, Putnam, Schuyler, Edwards, Gallatin
All Yellow Counties: McLean, Marion, Edgar, Montgomery, Wayne, Ford, Piatt, Union, Crawford, Lawrence, White, Marshall, Menard, Scott

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have incomplete data due to
delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the state. Data is
through 11/6/2020. USAFacts began reporting probable cases on 11/6.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the
state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6. USAFacts began reporting probable cases on 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

ILLINOIS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly by the
state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30. USAFacts began reporting probable cases on 11/6.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
INDIANA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• The epidemic control situation in Indiana continues to worsen rapidly. Indiana is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more
new cases per 100,000 population, with the 14th highest rate in the country. Indiana is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a
rate at or above 10.1%, with the 15th highest rate in the country.
• Indiana has seen steep continued increases in new cases and in test positivity since mid-September. Indiana has seen an increase in
new cases and an increase in test positivity, despite increasing test volume. Hospitalizations exceeded their previous peak at any
time of the epidemic at the beginning of last week and have continued to increase. Deaths continue to sharply increase. National
Guard personnel is deploying to assist nursing homes throughout the state.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Marion County, 2. Lake County, and 3.
Elkhart County. These counties represent 24.8% of new cases in Indiana.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): Purdue reported a further increase in test positivity to 5.94% last week. Many of the recent
cases are linked to community transmission rather than transmission in university congregate settings. IU has opened its own lab to
expand surveillance testing capacity.
• 99% of all counties in Indiana have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 67%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 18% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 33% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 10% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Indiana had 370 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 6 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 213 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 227 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Indiana. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the concern of Indiana leaders on the need to limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths.
Indiana had considerable success previously in limiting morbidity and mortality using an adaptive adjustment of mitigation
measures in response to changes in incidence. At this point, the rapid increase in cases and test positivity throughout the state
indicates that additional measures should be taken in addition to upward adjustment of mitigation in highly affected counties (red
or orange level) to avoid falling behind the rapid spread. Additional measures should include augmented communications to
reinforce messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread.
Maximizing control of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting hospitalizations and
deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Hoosiers to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage IHEs to
test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

INDIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 24,933 207,351 687,656


+37%
(RATE PER 100,000) (370) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


11.6% +1.5%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 212,752** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


+10%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,160**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 261 1,493 6,542


+35%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.9) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


18% +0%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


33% +6%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


10% +4%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

INDIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

INDIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

122 hospitals are expected to report in Indiana


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

INDIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson Marion
Chicago-Naperville-Elgin Lake
Fort Wayne Elkhart
LOCALITIES
27 62
Elkhart-Goshen Allen
South Bend-Mishawaka St. Joseph
IN RED Evansville Vanderburgh
ZONE Louisville/Jefferson County
Warsaw
Porter
Kosciusko
▲ (+5) Michigan City-La Porte ▲ (+11) Johnson
Richmond Madison
Plymouth LaPorte
Jasper Hendricks
Hamilton
Lafayette-West Lafayette
Vigo
Terre Haute
Delaware
Muncie
LOCALITIES
11 20
Grant
Cincinnati
Howard
IN ORANGE Marion
Kokomo
Hancock
ZONE Columbus
Bartholomew
Boone
▲ (+1) Crawfordsville
Greensburg ▼ (-3) Montgomery
Decatur
Madison
Jefferson
Scottsburg
Spencer
Tippecanoe
Perry
LOCALITIES
2 9
Huntington
IN YELLOW Huntington
Clay
Putnam
ZONE North Vernon
Blackford
▼ (-5) ▼ (-6) Jennings
Washington
Brown

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson, Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, Fort Wayne, Elkhart-Goshen, South Bend-Mishawaka, Evansville, Louisville/Jefferson
County, Warsaw, Michigan City-La Porte, Richmond, Plymouth, Jasper, New Castle, Connersville, Bedford, Kendallville, Vincennes, Auburn, Frankfort, Seymour,
Decatur, Wabash, Peru, Logansport, Angola, Washington, Bluffton
All Red Counties: Marion, Lake, Elkhart, Allen, St. Joseph, Vanderburgh, Porter, Kosciusko, Johnson, Madison, LaPorte, Hendricks, Wayne, Clark, Marshall, Warrick,
Henry, Fayette, Floyd, Lawrence, Dubois, Noble, Knox, Shelby, Jasper, Dearborn, DeKalb, Clinton, Jackson, Adams, Wabash, Morgan, Gibson, Miami, Cass, Randolph,
Whitley, Posey, Steuben, Daviess, Ripley, Wells, Starke, Jay, Harrison, LaGrange, White, Greene, Fountain, Fulton, Rush, Carroll, Newton, Parke, Owen, Pike, Franklin,
Tipton, Warren, Union, Martin, Benton
All Orange Counties: Hamilton, Vigo, Delaware, Grant, Howard, Hancock, Bartholomew, Boone, Montgomery, Decatur, Jefferson, Spencer, Scott, Vermillion,
Sullivan, Orange, Pulaski, Crawford, Switzerland, Ohio

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

INDIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
IOWA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Iowa is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 4th highest rate in the country.
Iowa is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 4th highest rate in the country.
• Iowa has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Polk County, 2. Linn County, and 3. Scott
County. These counties represent 24.2% of new cases in Iowa.
• 99% of all counties in Iowa have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 96% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 18% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 41% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Iowa had 621 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 143 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 34 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Iowa. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• The unyielding COVID spread across Iowa continues with new hospital admissions, inpatients, and patients in the ICU at record
levels, indicating deeper spread across the state. The most recent trends, showing steep inclines across all indicators, need
immediate action including mask requirements to decrease severity in morbidity and mortality among Iowans.
• Over 40% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes,
assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns; mitigation behaviors may be
eroding in university towns. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to
hometowns for the holiday season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Iowans to adopt about the
risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Tribal Nations: Provide Abbot BinaxNOW tests to Tribal Nations to conduct weekly testing among all of those who live or work on
the reservation. Weekly testing will immediately identify positives (asymptomatic and symptomatic), who will isolate and prevent
further transmission to the community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IOWA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 19,608 64,378 687,656


+64%
(RATE PER 100,000) (621) (455) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


20.1% +5.8%* 18.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 95,770** 261,037** 7,362,570**


+19%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,035**) (1,846**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 110 509 6,542


+25%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.5) (3.6) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


18% +6%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


41% +6%* 41% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +0%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IOWA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IOWA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

119 hospitals are expected to report in Iowa


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IOWA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Des Moines-West Des Moines Polk
Cedar Rapids Linn
Waterloo-Cedar Falls Scott
LOCALITIES
24 95
Davenport-Moline-Rock Island Black Hawk
Dubuque Dubuque
IN RED Sioux City Woodbury
ZONE Omaha-Council Bluffs
Iowa City
Johnson
Pottawattamie
▲ (+3) Ames ▲ (+13) Dallas
Burlington Jones
Mason City Story
Fort Dodge Des Moines

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 3 Hamilton
Greene
Van Buren
▼ (-2) ▼ (-8)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-5)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Des Moines-West Des Moines, Cedar Rapids, Waterloo-Cedar Falls, Davenport-Moline-Rock Island, Dubuque, Sioux City, Omaha-Council Bluffs, Iowa
City, Ames, Burlington, Mason City, Fort Dodge, Marshalltown, Clinton, Muscatine, Carroll, Fort Madison-Keokuk, Pella, Ottumwa, Oskaloosa, Storm Lake, Spirit
Lake, Spencer, Fairfield
All Red Counties: Polk, Linn, Scott, Black Hawk, Dubuque, Woodbury, Johnson, Pottawattamie, Dallas, Jones, Story, Des Moines, Cerro Gordo, Webster, Sioux,
Marshall, Clinton, Plymouth, Muscatine, Jasper, Warren, Carroll, Benton, Jackson, Lee, Marion, Bremer, O'Brien, Delaware, Clayton, Wapello, Henry, Mahaska, Cass,
Cedar, Harrison, Buena Vista, Page, Buchanan, Tama, Dickinson, Mills, Washington, Hancock, Hardin, Boone, Fayette, Wright, Clay, Crawford, Winnebago, Iowa,
Poweshiek, Butler, Mitchell, Humboldt, Allamakee, Winneshiek, Grundy, Calhoun, Kossuth, Appanoose, Cherokee, Shelby, Sac, Jefferson, Adair, Floyd, Keokuk,
Chickasaw, Lyon, Union, Guthrie, Louisa, Ida, Pocahontas, Emmet, Palo Alto, Osceola, Madison, Montgomery, Wayne, Audubon, Taylor, Decatur, Clarke, Davis,
Howard, Franklin, Worth, Fremont, Monroe, Monona, Lucas, Ringgold

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

IOWA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
KANSAS Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Kansas is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 11th highest rate in the
country. Kansas is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 5th highest rate in the country.
• Kansas has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Sedgwick County, 2. Johnson County,
and 3. Wyandotte County. These counties represent 40.2% of new cases in Kansas.
• 85% of all counties in Kansas have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 80%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 19% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 39% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Kansas had 432 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 109 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 79 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Kansas. An average of 94% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• With outbreaks in correctional facilities, weekly testing of correctional staff can identify positives before spread is severe.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Kansans to adopt about
the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Behaviors are eroding on some college campuses; ensure students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further
outbreaks on or off campus. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to
hometowns for the holiday season.
• Nearly 40% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes,
assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Tribal Nations: Provide Abbot BinaxNOW tests to Tribal Nations to conduct weekly testing among all of those who live or work on
the reservation. Weekly testing will immediately identify positives (asymptomatic and symptomatic), who will isolate and prevent
further transmission to the community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 12,575 64,378 687,656


+42%
(RATE PER 100,000) (432) (455) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


19.3% +5.7%* 18.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 52,097** 261,037** 7,362,570**


-5%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,788**) (1,846**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 137 509 6,542


+154%
(RATE PER 100,000) (4.7) (3.6) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


19% +6%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


39% +12%* 41% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% -2%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

127 hospitals are expected to report in Kansas


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Wichita Sedgwick
Kansas City Johnson
Topeka Wyandotte
LOCALITIES
20 84
Hutchinson Shawnee
Garden City Reno
IN RED Manhattan Finney
ZONE Lawrence
Dodge City
Norton
Douglas
▲ (+5) Salina ▲ (+19) Ford
Liberal Butler
Emporia Harvey
Pittsburg Saline

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Coffeyville 2 Montgomery
Kearny

■ (+0) ▼ (-8)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 3 Riley
Kingman
Meade
▼ (-5) ▼ (-8)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Wichita, Kansas City, Topeka, Hutchinson, Garden City, Manhattan, Lawrence, Dodge City, Salina, Liberal, Emporia, Pittsburg, Hays,
McPherson, Great Bend, Winfield, Ottawa, Atchison, Parsons, St. Joseph
All Red Counties: Sedgwick, Johnson, Wyandotte, Shawnee, Reno, Finney, Norton, Douglas, Ford, Butler, Harvey, Saline, Seward, Leavenworth, Crawford,
Lyon, Ellis, Ellsworth, McPherson, Nemaha, Barton, Thomas, Cowley, Pratt, Franklin, Cherokee, Sumner, Dickinson, Cloud, Sherman, Atchison, Miami,
Neosho, Gove, Brown, Anderson, Labette, Grant, Marion, Sheridan, Geary, Jefferson, Decatur, Phillips, Jackson, Pottawatomie, Marshall, Clay, Russell,
Logan, Gray, Stevens, Greenwood, Rice, Scott, Doniphan, Wallace, Allen, Bourbon, Barber, Cheyenne, Harper, Washington, Rooks, Coffey, Osage, Wichita,
Hodgeman, Linn, Rawlins, Pawnee, Republic, Morris, Wabaunsee, Stafford, Wilson, Smith, Kiowa, Ottawa, Graham, Chase, Mitchell, Rush, Lane

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KANSAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
KENTUCKY Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Kentucky is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 21st highest rate in the
country. Kentucky is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 24th highest rate in
the country.
• Kentucky has seen stability in new cases and a decrease in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Jefferson County, 2. Fayette County,
and 3. Kenton County. These counties represent 31.8% of new cases in Kentucky.
• 78% of all counties in Kentucky have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 32%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 27% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 40% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 8% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Kentucky had 274 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 1 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 7 to support medical activities from VA.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Louisville, KY.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 282 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 105 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Kentucky. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• With outbreaks in correctional facilities, weekly testing of correctional staff can identify positives before spread is severe.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Kentuckians to adopt
about the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Ensure students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• 40% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes, assisted
living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KENTUCKY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 12,263 106,660 687,656


+7%
(RATE PER 100,000) (274) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


9.0% -1.2%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 102,111** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-9%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,286**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 68 1,343 6,542


-15%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.5) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


27% +7%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


40% +4%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


8% +2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KENTUCKY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KENTUCKY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

98 hospitals are expected to report in Kentucky


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KENTUCKY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Fayette
Warren
Boone
Louisville/Jefferson County
LOCALITIES
7 39
Bullitt
Paducah
Nelson
IN RED Bardstown
Evansville
Campbell
ZONE Middlesborough
Laurel
McCracken
▼ (-2) Campbellsville
Mayfield ▼ (-5) Pike
Shelby
Floyd
Henderson
Jefferson
Kenton
Hardin
LOCALITIES
6 23
Lexington-Fayette Hart
Cincinnati Oldham
IN ORANGE London Marion
ZONE Elizabethtown-Fort Knox
Bowling Green
Boyd
Knox
■ (+0) Mount Sterling ▲ (+6) Monroe
Meade
Rowan
Lincoln
Barren
Daviess
Owensboro
Christian
Glasgow
LOCALITIES
9 32
Madison
Huntington-Ashland
Hopkins
IN YELLOW Richmond-Berea
Clarksville
Jessamine
ZONE Madisonville
Whitley
Scott
▲ (+1) Danville
Central City ▲ (+2) Clark
Lee
Maysville
Garrard
Rockcastle

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Fayette, Warren, Boone, Bullitt, Nelson, Campbell, Laurel, McCracken, Pike, Shelby, Floyd, Henderson, Elliott,
Montgomery, Bell, Clay, Johnson, Logan, Greenup, Graves, Marshall, Grayson, Taylor, Larue, Caldwell, Spencer, McLean, Magoffin,
Jackson, Breckinridge, Henry, Webster, Lewis, Hancock, Powell, Livingston, Nicholas, Ballard, Trimble
All Orange Counties: Jefferson, Kenton, Hardin, Hart, Oldham, Marion, Boyd, Knox, Monroe, Meade, Rowan, Lincoln, Harlan, Washington,
Knott, Bourbon, Metcalfe, Morgan, Trigg, Owsley, Wolfe, Carlisle, Menifee
All Yellow Counties: Barren, Daviess, Christian, Madison, Hopkins, Jessamine, Whitley, Scott, Clark, Lee, Garrard, Rockcastle, Boyle,
Carter, Martin, Muhlenberg, Allen, Mercer, Woodford, Grant, Wayne, Fleming, Simpson, Russell, Estill, Union, Butler, Mason, Harrison,
Casey, Bath, Lyon

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

KENTUCKY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
LOUISIANA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Louisiana is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 44th highest rate in the
country. Louisiana is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 41st highest rate in the country.
• Louisiana has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity. These are the early signs of increasing community spread, mostly
among the asymptomatic age groups.
• The following three parishes had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Caddo Parish, 2. East Baton Rouge Parish, and 3.
Jefferson Parish. These parishes represent 24.5% of new cases in Louisiana.
• 59% of all parishes in Louisiana have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 16% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 8% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 17% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Louisiana had 96 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 43 to support operations activities from
USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Baton Rouge, LA and New Orleans, LA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 82 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 52 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Louisiana. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/parishes in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, parish workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red parishes. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange parishes must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• Louisiana must expand mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases are increasing. New hospital admissions in Louisiana
continue to be at a moderate plateau; there must be increased mitigation at the community level. Mitigation efforts should continue to
include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in
public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Please contact all hospitals reporting less than one week’s PPE supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support if this
supply issue is confirmed.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

LOUISIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 4,441 80,966 687,656


+31%
(RATE PER 100,000) (96) (190) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


5.0% +0.1%* 10.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 86,760** 645,005** 7,362,570**


+1%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,866**) (1,510**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 82 1,089 6,542


-10%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.8) (2.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


8% -7%* 17% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


17% +1%* 28% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% -2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating parish-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

LOUISIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top parishes based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP PARISHES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating parish-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

LOUISIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

150 hospitals are expected to report in Louisiana


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

LOUISIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 PARISH AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) PARISHES


Ascension
Franklin
LOCALITIES
0 10
Richland
Union
IN RED N/A
Red River
ZONE LaSalle
West Baton Rouge
■ (+0) ▲ (+5) Caldwell
East Carroll
Cameron
Bossier
Ouachita
Calcasieu
LOCALITIES
5 12
Livingston
Monroe
Natchitoches
IN ORANGE Lake Charles
Natchitoches
Lincoln
ZONE Ruston
St. Martin
Sabine
▲ (+3) DeRidder
▲ (+6) Iberville
Beauregard
Assumption
Madison
Caddo
East Baton Rouge
Baton Rouge St. Tammany
LOCALITIES
8 16
Shreveport-Bossier City St. Landry
Opelousas Acadia
IN YELLOW Hammond Tangipahoa
ZONE Minden
Natchez
Webster
Jackson
▲ (+1) Bogalusa ▲ (+6) De Soto
Fort Polk South Concordia
St. John the Baptist
Washington

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow Parishes: Caddo, East Baton Rouge, St. Tammany, St. Landry, Acadia, Tangipahoa, Webster, Jackson,
De Soto, Concordia, St. John the Baptist, Washington, Evangeline, Morehouse, Vernon, West Carroll

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating parish-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 parishes based on number of new cases in the last


3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating parish-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

LOUISIANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating parish-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MAINE Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Maine is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 49th
highest rate in the country. Maine is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 47th
highest rate in the country.
• Maine has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity; test positivity and incidence increased in 13
counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Cumberland County, 2. York
County, and 3. Kennebec County. These counties represent 54.8% of new cases in Maine.
• 6% of all counties in Maine have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with
none having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• Case rates were highest in Somerset, Franklin, Washington, Cumberland, and Knox counties, and test positivity increased
the most in Somerset and Franklin counties.
• At the state level, inpatient hospital bed and ICU utilization were at 68% and 72%, respectively; eight hospitals reported
critical staffing shortages.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 6% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 6% had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Maine had 65 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 3 to support operations
activities from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 6 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 25 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Maine. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties with proactive weekly testing of groups from the community
(teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to
identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger
widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to
identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact
tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms. Requiring use only in
symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work
without a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Enhance surveillance network using local wastewater surveillance to catch early silent spread and target testing and
containment efforts.
• Efforts to minimize potential super-spreader events by tighter restrictions on social gatherings are commendable; monitor
and enforce social distancing and face coverings at all regular gatherings, such as public events and religious congregations.
• Detecting and aggressively tracing contacts from super-spreader events has proven particularly valuable in Maine; monitor
and ensure test results are returned within 48 hours and isolation and contact tracing is immediate. Expand contact tracing
as needed by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and coordinating remote
surge capacity from counties with lower case rates.
• Reach out to all religious organizations that are meeting in-person to review previous outbreaks, communicate risks in an
increasing epidemic, and ensure compliance with state recommendations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MAINE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 875 22,390 687,656


+85%
(RATE PER 100,000) (65) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


2.3% +1.2%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 32,231** 719,818** 7,362,570**


+10%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,398**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 4 220 6,542


N/A
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.3) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +6%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


6% +2%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% N/A* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MAINE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MAINE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

34 hospitals are expected to report in Maine


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MAINE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Somerset

■ (+0) ▲ (+1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MAINE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MARYLAND Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Maryland is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 39th highest rate in the
country. Maryland is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 39th highest rate in the
country.
• Maryland has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity (+0.2%). Test positivity has increased a percentage point
over the last two weeks.
• Hospitalizations continue to gradually increase and have now reached the level last seen in mid-June.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Prince George's County, 2. Montgomery
County, and 3. Baltimore County. These counties represent 48.5% of new cases in Maryland.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): An outbreak at Frostburg State University contributed to Allegheny County having the highest
incidence in the state last week.
• Governor Hogan exhorted Marylanders to wear masks during a press briefing this week.
• 50% of all counties in Maryland have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with none
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 12% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 19% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Maryland had 119 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 15 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 12 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 14 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 82 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 263 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Maryland. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or
new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Maryland’s current favorable situation is not likely stable given the gradual increase in cases; the increase in hospitalizations
supports ongoing increases in disease transmission. The current period offers a time window to pivot to additional mitigation
activities. The Governor’s continued personal guidance on these measures is critical and is commended.
• Maryland has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. At this point, the increase in cases and gradual upward drift test positivity throughout the state
indicates that additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce messaging around social
gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control of transmission will
allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Marylanders to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage IHEs to
test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MARYLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,191 39,789 687,656


+28%
(RATE PER 100,000) (119) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


5.4% +0.2%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 189,777** 753,082** 7,362,570**


-7%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,139**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 56 361 6,542


-3%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.9) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


12% +2%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


19% -6%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% -1%* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MARYLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MARYLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

46 hospitals are expected to report in Maryland


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MARYLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Cumberland 2 Harford
Allegany

▲ (+1) ▲ (+2)

Prince George's
Montgomery
LOCALITIES
5 10
Baltimore
Baltimore-Columbia-Towson
Baltimore City
IN YELLOW Washington-Arlington-Alexandria
Salisbury
Anne Arundel
ZONE Hagerstown-Martinsburg
Frederick
Somerset
▲ (+2) Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington
▲ (+6) Worcester
Queen Anne's
Caroline

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MARYLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MASSACHUSETTS Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Massachusetts is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 36th highest rate in
the country. Massachusetts is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 50th highest rate in
the country.
• Massachusetts has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity. Case rates and test positivity increased in 10
counties, most notably in Dukes and Essex counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Middlesex County, 2. Essex County, and
3. Suffolk County. These counties represent 49.5% of new cases in Massachusetts.
• No counties in Massachusetts have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• Inpatient bed utilization is at 72% for the state and ICU bed utilization is at 68%. Two hospitals reported critical staffing issues on
most recent report.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 5% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 17% had at least one new staff
COVID-19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death. There are now apparent outbreaks at facilities in Fairhaven,
Lowell, Uxbridge, and Swansea.
• Massachusetts had 142 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 108 to support operations
activities from FEMA; 3 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 19 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 64 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 152 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Massachusetts. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties with proactive weekly testing of groups from the community (teachers,
community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large private sector
employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas
with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and
isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic
transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Increasingly focus wastewater surveillance to catch early silent spread and target testing efforts.
• Highly localized restrictions/mitigation efforts may inadvertently encourage commuting; consider expanding restrictions to
discourage movement.
• Follow age-banded case rates at the local level and reevaluate school openings regularly, acknowledging that school openings will
likely facilitate some community spread.
• Increase messaging to encourage testing of all who attended rallies, protests, or celebrations. Work with advertising or corporate
partners with proven success in local markets to develop new communication strategies that encourage virtual gatherings and
celebrations.
• Regularly monitor and enforce face covering and social distancing ordinances in public and commercial settings, especially at
restaurants, bars, and religious gatherings where close contact is likely.
• Continuously evaluate testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure test results are received within 48 hours and all
cases are immediately isolated and full contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours of testing; expand capacity as needed to meet
these benchmarks by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and coordinating
remote surge capacity from counties with lower case rates.
• Intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all facilities with recent cases have had facility wide testing and all facilities are
regularly (weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; ensure all facilities throughout the state are strictly adhering to CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MASSACHUSETTS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 9,792 22,390 687,656


+12%
(RATE PER 100,000) (142) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


2.2% +0.3%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 496,241** 719,818** 7,362,570**


+2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (7,200**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 131 220 6,542


-10%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.9) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +1%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


17% +0%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% +2%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MASSACHUSETTS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MASSACHUSETTS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

64 hospitals are expected to report in Massachusetts


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MASSACHUSETTS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ▼ (-1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MASSACHUSETTS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MICHIGAN Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Michigan is seeing a continuing rise in cases and test positivity that will continue to lead to increasing hospitalizations and deaths;
additional mitigation strategies are needed. The rise in test positivity, hospitalizations, and deaths confirm increasing disease
activity. Michigan is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 19th highest rate in
the country. Michigan is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 22nd highest rate
in the country.
• Michigan has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. Hospitalizations and deaths continued to increase last
week.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Wayne County, 2. Oakland County, and
3. Kent County. These counties represent 31.0% of new cases in Michigan. Incidence is higher outside the Detroit CBSA, especially in
the Upper Peninsula. The epidemic situation worsened throughout the state, although the Upper Peninsula continued to report the
highest incidence with several counties reporting more than 500 cases per 100,000 residents last week and Ontonagon reporting
more than 1,200 cases per 100,000 residents.
• 82% of all counties in Michigan have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 45%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 12% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 32% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Michigan had 292 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 10 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 7 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 280 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 157 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Michigan. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the strong concern of Michigan leaders that the current situation is worsening dramatically and that additional measures
are needed to limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s continued personal guidance
on these measures is critical and is commended.
• Michigan has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures in
response to changes in incidence. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce
messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control
of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Michiganders to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
institutions of higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to
family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MICHIGAN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 29,121 207,351 687,656


+37%
(RATE PER 100,000) (292) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


9.7% +2.5%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 319,799** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


-7%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,202**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 220 1,493 6,542


+24%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.2) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


12% +0%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


32% +7%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% +2%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MICHIGAN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MICHIGAN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

131 hospitals are expected to report in Michigan


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MICHIGAN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Detroit-Warren-Dearborn Oakland
Grand Rapids-Kentwood Kent
Flint Macomb
LOCALITIES
18 37
Kalamazoo-Portage Ottawa
Battle Creek Genesee
IN RED Muskegon Kalamazoo
ZONE Niles
Holland
Calhoun
Muskegon
▲ (+13) Monroe ▲ (+22) Berrien
Bay City Livingston
Escanaba Allegan
Sturgis St. Clair
Wayne
Saginaw
Marquette
Lansing-East Lansing
LOCALITIES
7 21
Midland
Saginaw
Clinton
IN ORANGE Marquette
Midland
Eaton
ZONE Traverse City
Ionia
Isabella
▼ (-3) Mount Pleasant
Ludington ▲ (+4) Grand Traverse
Shiawassee
Menominee
Emmet
Ingham
Jackson
LOCALITIES
3 10
Branch
Lapeer
IN YELLOW Jackson
Coldwater
Sanilac
ZONE Alpena
Ogemaw
Antrim
▼ (-8) ▼ (-15) Benzie
Alpena
Montmorency

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Detroit-Warren-Dearborn, Grand Rapids-Kentwood, Flint, Kalamazoo-Portage, Battle Creek, Muskegon, Niles, Holland,
Monroe, Bay City, Escanaba, Sturgis, Iron Mountain, South Bend-Mishawaka, Big Rapids, Marinette, Hillsdale, Cadillac
All Red Counties: Oakland, Kent, Macomb, Ottawa, Genesee, Kalamazoo, Calhoun, Muskegon, Berrien, Livingston, Allegan, St. Clair,
Monroe, Bay, Delta, St. Joseph, Van Buren, Dickinson, Cass, Barry, Mecosta, Newaygo, Tuscola, Gogebic, Hillsdale, Oceana, Otsego,
Roscommon, Ontonagon, Iosco, Huron, Schoolcraft, Luce, Missaukee, Lake, Arenac, Crawford
All Orange Counties: Wayne, Saginaw, Marquette, Midland, Clinton, Eaton, Ionia, Isabella, Grand Traverse, Shiawassee, Menominee,
Emmet, Iron, Clare, Mason, Charlevoix, Osceola, Wexford, Kalkaska, Presque Isle, Leelanau

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MICHIGAN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MINNESOTA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Minnesota is seeing a continued dramatic rise in cases and test positivity that will continue to lead to increasing hospitalizations
and deaths; additional mitigation strategies are needed. The rise in test positivity, hospitalizations, and deaths confirm increasing
disease activity. Minnesota is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 10th
highest rate in the country. Minnesota is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 12th highest
rate in the country.
• Minnesota has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• Hospitalizations continue to rise and exceeded 1,000 new hospitalizations, by far the highest at any time in the pandemic.
• Viral transmission is intense throughout the state with the highest incidence rates in multiple counties in the western half of the
state; counties in western Minnesota also have larger increases in cases, higher test positivity rate, and increases in test positivity.
The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Hennepin County, 2. Ramsey County,
and 3. Anoka County. These counties in the Minneapolis CBSA represent 33.3% of new cases in Minnesota, but the greatest growth
in cases is outside of the Twin Cities area.
• 100% of all counties in Minnesota have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 87%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 20% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 44% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 6% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Minnesota had 440 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 8 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 21 to support medical activities from ASPR; and 1 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 146 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 96 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Minnesota. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed
or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the strong concern of Minnesota leaders that the current situation is worsening dramatically and that additional measures
are needed to limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s continued personal guidance
on these measures is critical and is commended.
• Minnesota has had considerable success in limiting morbidity and mortality using the adaptive adjustment of mitigation measures
in response to changes in incidence. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce
messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control
of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Minnesotans to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
institutions of higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to
family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MINNESOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 24,842 207,351 687,656


+59%
(RATE PER 100,000) (440) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


14.3% +4.5%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 238,862** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


+0%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (4,235**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 154 1,493 6,542


+24%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.7) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


20% +5%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


44% +4%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +1%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MINNESOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MINNESOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

130 hospitals are expected to report in Minnesota


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MINNESOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington Hennepin
St. Cloud Ramsey
Duluth Anoka
LOCALITIES
25 76
Rochester Dakota
Brainerd Washington
IN RED Fargo Stearns
ZONE Grand Forks
Mankato
St. Louis
Wright
▲ (+13) Willmar ▲ (+38) Scott
Fergus Falls Clay
Winona Olmsted
Faribault-Northfield Sherburne

Chippewa
LOCALITIES
1 8
Mower
Renville
IN ORANGE Austin
Lake
ZONE Stevens
Lac qui Parle
▼ (-3) ▼ (-13) Koochiching
Traverse

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 3 Fillmore
Cook
Lake of the Woods
▼ (-10) ▼ (-20)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, St. Cloud, Duluth, Rochester, Brainerd, Fargo, Grand Forks, Mankato, Willmar, Fergus Falls, Winona,
Faribault-Northfield, Alexandria, Red Wing, Worthington, Bemidji, Grand Rapids, Marshall, Owatonna, Albert Lea, New Ulm, Hutchinson, La Crosse-
Onalaska, Fairmont, Wahpeton
All Red Counties: Hennepin, Ramsey, Anoka, Dakota, Washington, Stearns, St. Louis, Wright, Scott, Clay, Olmsted, Sherburne, Crow Wing, Chisago, Polk,
Kandiyohi, Benton, Morrison, Otter Tail, Carver, Winona, Todd, Rice, Douglas, Blue Earth, Goodhue, Nobles, Beltrami, Becker, Carlton, Itasca, Isanti, Mille
Lacs, Roseau, Cass, Hubbard, Lyon, Steele, Nicollet, Pine, Freeborn, Brown, Wabasha, Wadena, Le Sueur, McLeod, Meeker, Marshall, Aitkin, Houston,
Redwood, Rock, Dodge, Clearwater, Martin, Yellow Medicine, Pennington, Norman, Murray, Swift, Waseca, Kanabec, Pipestone, Faribault, Cottonwood,
Pope, Sibley, Jackson, Big Stone, Kittson, Lincoln, Wilkin, Mahnomen, Watonwan, Red Lake, Grant

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MINNESOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MISSISSIPPI Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Mississippi is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 27th highest rate in the
country. Mississippi is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 20th highest rate in the
country.
• Mississippi has seen stability in new cases and an increase in test positivity, all suggestive of ever increasing community spread.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. DeSoto County, 2. Harrison County, and
3. Jackson County. These counties represent 24.1% of new cases in Mississippi.
• 73% of all counties in Mississippi have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 35%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 15% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 29% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 6% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Mississippi had 185 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 1 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 69 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 39 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Mississippi. An average of 94% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in
the Sunbelt as mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Mississippi must expand mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases are increasing, despite decreased testing. New
hospital admissions in Mississippi continue to be at a moderate plateau. Mitigation efforts should continue to include wearing
masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public,
including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Please contact all hospitals reporting less than one week’s PPE supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support
if this supply issue is confirmed.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSISSIPPI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 5,519 106,660 687,656


+1%
(RATE PER 100,000) (185) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


10.3% +1.7%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 20,005** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-24%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (672**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 91 1,343 6,542


+1%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.1) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


15% -1%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


29% +0%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% -2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSISSIPPI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSISSIPPI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

96 hospitals are expected to report in Mississippi


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSISSIPPI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


DeSoto
Harrison
Gulfport-Biloxi
Jackson
Memphis
LOCALITIES
9 29
Lauderdale
Tupelo
Marshall
IN RED Meridian
Greenwood
Lamar
ZONE Brookhaven
Leflore
Tate
▲ (+3) Indianola
West Point ▲ (+4) Pontotoc
Monroe
Clarksdale
Lincoln
Itawamba
Hinds
Lee
Rankin
LOCALITIES
5 15
Alcorn
Jackson
Lowndes
IN ORANGE Corinth
Starkville
Oktibbeha
ZONE Columbus
Clarke
Copiah
■ (+0) Vicksburg
▲ (+5) Scott
Tishomingo
Warren
Humphreys
Madison
Union
Hancock
LOCALITIES
5 16
Pearl River
Hattiesburg
Yazoo
IN YELLOW Picayune
Natchez
Panola
ZONE McComb
Neshoba
Simpson
▼ (-2) Grenada
▼ (-2) Yalobusha
Pike
Grenada
Marion

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: DeSoto, Harrison, Jackson, Lauderdale, Marshall, Lamar, Leflore, Tate, Pontotoc, Monroe, Lincoln,
Itawamba, Tippah, Sunflower, Prentiss, George, Adams, Winston, Benton, Carroll, Lawrence, Clay, Chickasaw, Perry,
Coahoma, Montgomery, Tallahatchie, Walthall, Choctaw
All Orange Counties: Hinds, Lee, Rankin, Alcorn, Lowndes, Oktibbeha, Clarke, Copiah, Scott, Tishomingo, Warren,
Humphreys, Leake, Tunica, Quitman
All Yellow Counties: Madison, Union, Hancock, Pearl River, Yazoo, Panola, Neshoba, Simpson, Yalobusha, Pike, Grenada,
Marion, Jefferson Davis, Newton, Holmes, Noxubee

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSISSIPPI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MISSOURI Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Missouri is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 16th highest rate in the
country. Missouri is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 8th highest rate in the country.
• Missouri has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. St. Louis County, 2. Jackson County, and
3. St. Charles County. These counties represent 32.0% of new cases in Missouri.
• 96% of all counties in Missouri have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 86%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 20% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 40% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 10% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Missouri had 345 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 78 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 5 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 19 to support medical activities from VA.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Columbia, Cape Giradeau, Branson, and Lee's Summit.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 232 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 225 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Missouri. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns; mitigation behaviors may be
eroding in university towns. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to
hometowns for the holiday season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Missourians to adopt
about the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• 40% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes, assisted
living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSOURI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 21,146 64,378 687,656


+34%
(RATE PER 100,000) (345) (455) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


16.9% +3.7%* 18.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 75,826** 261,037** 7,362,570**


+9%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,235**) (1,846**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 207 509 6,542


-11%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.4) (3.6) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


20% -2%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


40% +2%* 41% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


10% +4%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSOURI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSOURI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

115 hospitals are expected to report in Missouri


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSOURI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


St. Louis St. Louis
Kansas City Jackson
Springfield St. Charles
LOCALITIES
26 99
Jefferson City Greene
Columbia St. Louis City
IN RED Joplin Jefferson
ZONE St. Joseph
Cape Girardeau
Cole
Boone
▲ (+3) Farmington ▲ (+12) Jasper
Sedalia Franklin
Poplar Bluff St. Francois
Sikeston Clay

Polk
LOCALITIES
1 7
Audrain
IN ORANGE Mexico
Ray
Barton
ZONE McDonald
▼ (-2) ▼ (-5) Cedar
Atchison

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 4 Dallas
Montgomery
Macon
Howard
■ (+0) ▼ (-2)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: St. Louis, Kansas City, Springfield, Jefferson City, Columbia, Joplin, St. Joseph, Cape Girardeau, Farmington, Sedalia, Poplar Bluff, Sikeston, Branson,
Warrensburg, Hannibal, West Plains, Kennett, Lebanon, Moberly, Maryville, Rolla, Fort Leonard Wood, Kirksville, Marshall, Quincy, Fort Madison-Keokuk
All Red Counties: St. Louis, Jackson, St. Charles, Greene, St. Louis City, Jefferson, Cole, Boone, Jasper, Franklin, St. Francois, Clay, Callaway, Cape Girardeau, Pettis,
Christian, Buchanan, Cass, Butler, Scott, Taney, Newton, Johnson, Lincoln, Lawrence, Camden, Howell, Barry, Miller, Dunklin, Webster, Moniteau, Marion, Laclede,
Ste. Genevieve, Lafayette, Randolph, Nodaway, Phelps, Stoddard, Pulaski, Osage, Platte, Perry, Crawford, Morgan, Washington, Cooper, New Madrid, Saline, Stone,
Adair, Clinton, Henry, Texas, DeKalb, Bollinger, Warren, Pemiscot, Madison, Pike, Sullivan, Andrew, Mississippi, Vernon, Ripley, Benton, Maries, Gasconade, Shannon,
Monroe, Lewis, Hickory, Wright, Grundy, Carroll, Dent, Oregon, Livingston, Caldwell, Ralls, Ozark, Bates, Wayne, Gentry, Clark, Carter, Reynolds, Daviess, St. Clair,
Chariton, Harrison, Holt, Linn, Iron, Dade, Scotland, Schuyler, Knox

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MISSOURI
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
MONTANA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Montana is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 7th highest rate in the country.
Montana is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the highest rate in the country.
• Montana has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity; test positivity increased in 31 counties and incidence increased
in 28 counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Yellowstone County, 2. Gallatin County, and 3.
Flathead County. These counties represent 38.9% of new cases in Montana.
• 77% of all counties in Montana have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 75% having high
levels of community transmission (red zone).
• Inpatient bed utilization is 92% in Yellowstone, 93% in Lewis and Clark, and 85% in Cascade counties; ICU utilization is 87%, 79% and 90%,
respectively; 17 hospitals reported critical staffing shortages.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 16% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 38% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 11% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death; there are apparent outbreaks at facilities in Butte and Hamilton.
• Montana had 562 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 3 to support operations activities from
FEMA; 25 to support medical activities from ASPR; 11 to support operations activities from ASPR; 1 to support medical activities from CDC; 5
to support testing activities from CDC; 12 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; and 5 to support operations activities from CDC.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 73 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 37 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Montana. An average of 91% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients
each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related hospitalizations.
Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without a recent
negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Aggressively expand use of local hospital or clinical staff as part of coordinated, strong, local public advocacy for community mitigation
behaviors.
• Monitor contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure all cases are immediately isolated and interviewed within 48 hours of diagnosis; if
necessary, expand contact tracing capacity by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and
coordinating remote surge capacity from districts with lower case rates.
• Increase use of quantitative wastewater testing at the most local levels to detect early spread and target testing and intervention efforts.
• Increase messaging to encourage testing of all who attended rallies, protests, or celebrations.
• In advance of the holidays, expand messaging across all media platforms (including automated SMS) to reach vulnerable individuals and
their families.
• All institutions of higher education should post details of testing on their websites, including testing volume, positivity, and trends, and
should implement strict community mitigation efforts on campus and address violations with disciplinary action.
• Develop weekly testing of all tribal communities, regardless of symptoms. Ensure quick return of results (within 48 hours), scaling up rapid
antigen tests wherever transmission is most intense. Ensure sufficient facilities for isolation and quarantine and adequate delivery of food,
water, and laundry services.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MONTANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 6,006 60,937 687,656


+11%
(RATE PER 100,000) (562) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


26.7% +2.0%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 31,030** 401,866** 7,362,570**


-1%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,903**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 56 417 6,542


-31%
(RATE PER 100,000) (5.2) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


16% -4%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


38% -14%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% +2%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MONTANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MONTANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

68 hospitals are expected to report in Montana


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MONTANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Yellowstone
Gallatin
Flathead
Billings
LOCALITIES
7 42
Cascade
Bozeman
Missoula
IN RED Kalispell
Great Falls
Lewis and Clark
ZONE Missoula
Hill
Big Horn
■ (+0) Helena
Butte-Silver Bow ▲ (+1) Silver Bow
Roosevelt
Ravalli
Glacier

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Teton

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Yellowstone, Gallatin, Flathead, Cascade, Missoula, Lewis and Clark, Hill, Big Horn, Silver Bow,
Roosevelt, Ravalli, Glacier, Lake, Powell, Custer, Blaine, Deer Lodge, Valley, Richland, Dawson, Rosebud, Toole,
Fergus, Park, Stillwater, Lincoln, Carbon, Madison, Chouteau, Jefferson, Beaverhead, Musselshell, Fallon,
Broadwater, Phillips, Sweet Grass, Sheridan, Carter, Meagher, Daniels, Granite, Sanders

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

MONTANA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEBRASKA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Nebraska is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 6th highest rate in the country.
Nebraska is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 6th highest rate in the country.
• Nebraska has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Douglas County, 2. Lancaster County, and 3.
Sarpy County. These counties represent 46.6% of new cases in Nebraska.
• 74% of all counties in Nebraska have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 74% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 24% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 49% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 8% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Nebraska had 571 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 1 to support operations activities from
FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 95 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 34 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Nebraska. An average of 93% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients
each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related hospitalizations.
Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing among 18-40
year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with
testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• The unyielding COVID spread across Nebraska continues with new hospital admissions, inpatients, and patients in the ICU at record levels,
indicating deeper spread across the state. The most recent trends, showing steep inclines across all indicators, need immediate action
including mask requirements to decrease severity in morbidity and mortality among Nebraskans.
• Nearly 50% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff which indicates unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes, assisted
living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and restricting
hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns; mitigation behaviors may be eroding in
university towns. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the holiday
season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Nebraskans to adopt about the
risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to secure
supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Tribal Nations: Provide Abbot BinaxNOW tests to Tribal Nations to conduct weekly testing among all of those who live or work on the
reservation. Weekly testing will immediately identify positives (asymptomatic and symptomatic), who will isolate and prevent further
transmission to the community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEBRASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 11,049 64,378 687,656


+55%
(RATE PER 100,000) (571) (455) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


18.0% +2.6%* 18.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 37,344** 261,037** 7,362,570**


-22%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,931**) (1,846**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 55 509 6,542


+0%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.8) (3.6) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


24% +5%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


49% +0%* 41% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


8% +0%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEBRASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEBRASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

92 hospitals are expected to report in Nebraska


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEBRASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Omaha-Council Bluffs Douglas
Lincoln Lancaster
Scottsbluff Sarpy
LOCALITIES
13 69
Norfolk Scotts Bluff
Grand Island Madison
IN RED Kearney Buffalo
ZONE North Platte
Columbus
Lincoln
Hall
▲ (+1) Fremont ▲ (+6) Platte
Hastings Dodge
Beatrice Adams
Sioux City Gage

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-3)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ▼ (-2)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Omaha-Council Bluffs, Lincoln, Scottsbluff, Norfolk, Grand Island, Kearney, North Platte, Columbus, Fremont, Hastings,
Sioux City, Beatrice, Lexington
All Red Counties: Douglas, Lancaster, Sarpy, Scotts Bluff, Madison, Buffalo, Lincoln, Hall, Platte, Dodge, Adams, Gage, York, Dawson,
Dakota, Washington, Cass, Seward, Saline, Saunders, Red Willow, Wayne, Box Butte, Otoe, Holt, Colfax, Cuming, Phelps, Butler, Dawes,
Pierce, Custer, Merrick, Cheyenne, Burt, Fillmore, Clay, Thurston, Hamilton, Knox, Richardson, Sheridan, Howard, Morrill, Nance, Boone,
Jefferson, Chase, Antelope, Polk, Cedar, Furnas, Kearney, Nuckolls, Keith, Dixon, Nemaha, Johnson, Kimball, Webster, Stanton, Cherry,
Thayer, Franklin, Sherman, Garfield, Brown, Harlan, Gosper

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEBRASKA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEVADA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Nevada is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 24th highest rate in the
country. Nevada is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 13th highest rate in the country.
• Nevada has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Clark County, 2. Washoe County, and 3.
Elko County. These counties represent 94.4% of new cases in Nevada.
• 53% of all counties in Nevada have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 35%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 10% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 4% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Nevada had 232 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 9 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 75 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 109 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Nevada. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or
new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Use weekly surveillance data from correctional facilities and skilled nursing facilities to trace back every positive staff case;
communicate to all staff about personal COVID risks to raise awareness about personal behaviors. With outbreaks in correctional
facilities, weekly testing of correctional staff can identify positives before spread is severe.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Nevadans to adopt about
the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Ensure students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Tribal Nations: Provide Abbot BinaxNOW tests to Tribal Nations to conduct weekly testing among all of those who live or work on
the reservation. Weekly testing will immediately identify positives (asymptomatic and symptomatic), who will isolate and prevent
further transmission to the community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEVADA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,139 53,783 687,656


+17%
(RATE PER 100,000) (232) (105) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


12.9% +1.9%* 7.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 66,401** 299,167** 7,362,570**


+2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,156**) (583**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 68 555 6,542


+74%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.2) (1.1) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


10% -10%* 4% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% -12%* 8% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


4% +1%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEVADA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEVADA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

47 hospitals are expected to report in Nevada


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEVADA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
6 6
Las Vegas-Henderson-Paradise Clark
Reno Washoe
IN RED Elko Elko
ZONE Pahrump
Carson City
Nye
Carson City
▲ (+1) Fallon ▲ (+1) Churchill

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
3 Fernley
Gardnerville Ranchos
Winnemucca
3 Lyon
Douglas
Humboldt
■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEVADA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEW HAMPSHIRE Issue 21
SUMMARY
• New Hampshire is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 48th highest rate
in the country. New Hampshire is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 44th highest rate in the
country.
• New Hampshire has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. The gradual increase in test positivity over the past
several weeks despite increased test volume indicates increasing disease activity. Hospitalizations have continued to gradually increase,
with current hospitalizations reaching levels last seen in late June.
• Clusters continue to be reported linked to restaurants, indoor hockey, and long-term care facilities (LTCFs). Supporting LTCFs with
additional staff is an ongoing concern. University of New Hampshire reported its highest case numbers of the semester last week with 60
active cases, many apparently linked to unsanctioned Halloween parties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Hillsborough County, 2. Rockingham County, and
3. Merrimack County. These counties represent 69.6% of new cases in New Hampshire.
• 10% of all counties in New Hampshire have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with none
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 5% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 6% had at least one new staff COVID-19
case, and 2% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• New Hampshire had 83 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 5 to support operations activities from FEMA
and 17 to support medical activities from VA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 4 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 23 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in New Hampshire. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the concern of New Hampshire leaders that the state’s current favorable situation will become increasingly difficult to maintain
given the gradual increase in cases; the increase in hospitalizations and in test positivity despite increased testing supports ongoing
increases in disease transmission. The current period offers a time window to add additional mitigation activities and limit potential
increases in cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• New Hampshire has been very successful with limiting transmission due to a well-designed set of gradated mitigation measures and
enhanced disease control capacity, including expanded testing and contact tracing capacity. Additional measures should include augmented
communications to reinforce messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community
spread. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases,
hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties with proactive weekly testing of groups from the community (teachers, community
college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These
cases should be triangulated with cases among LTCF staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and
contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms. Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing
adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from state and
community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Granite Staters to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid gatherings in both
public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and have been successfully
recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test all
teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage institutions of
higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Surge staffing for LTCFs may become an increasing problem. Transfer of patients and/or staff between LTCFs within networks could be
useful in addressing this if the risk of spread of virus could be mitigated, possibly with the use of repeated testing with rapid antigen tests.
The state support strike teams could potentially be strengthened by recruitment of nursing staff laid off due to the cancellation of elective
surgeries.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW HAMPSHIRE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 1,128 22,390 687,656


+46%
(RATE PER 100,000) (83) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


3.6% +0.6%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 25,352** 719,818** 7,362,570**


+2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,865**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 6 220 6,542


-45%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.4) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +0%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


6% -2%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


2% +0%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW HAMPSHIRE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW HAMPSHIRE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

26 hospitals are expected to report in New Hampshire


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW HAMPSHIRE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Strafford

■ (+0) ▲ (+1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW HAMPSHIRE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEW JERSEY Issue 21
SUMMARY
• New Jersey is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 34th
highest rate in the country. New Jersey is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and
7.9%, with the 36th highest rate in the country.
• New Jersey has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Essex County, 2. Union
County, and 3. Hudson County. These counties represent 33.1% of new cases in New Jersey.
• 67% of all counties in New Jersey have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red
zones), with none having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 10% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 26% had at
least one new staff COVID-19 case, and 2% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• New Jersey had 145 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 60 to support
operations activities from FEMA; 19 to support operations activities from USCG; 5 to support medical activities from
VA; and 2 to support operations activities from VA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 139 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 160 patients with suspected COVID-19
were reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in New Jersey. An average of 94% of hospitals reported either
new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.
RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required
testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of
groups from the community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate
settings, all hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among
long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of
positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing
of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model
into the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red
counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and
pre-symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than
30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted;
positives must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene,
and immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Use weekly surveillance data from correctional facilities and skilled nursing facilities to trace back every positive staff
case; communicate to all staff about personal COVID risks to raise awareness about personal behaviors. With
outbreaks in correctional facilities, weekly testing of correctional staff can identify positives before spread is severe.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• Ensure all hospitals have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus.
Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the
holiday season.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW JERSEY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 12,857 29,427 687,656


+16%
(RATE PER 100,000) (145) (104) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


6.3% +1.0%* 3.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 235,101** 963,388** 7,362,570**


-4%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,647**) (3,400**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 77 384 6,542


+18%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.9) (1.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


10% +0%* 11% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


26% +8%* 26% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


2% +0%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW JERSEY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW JERSEY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

75 hospitals are expected to report in New Jersey


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW JERSEY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Atlantic City-Hammonton 4 Essex
Union
Passaic
Atlantic
▲ (+1) ▲ (+4)

Hudson
Bergen
LOCALITIES
2 10
Middlesex
Camden
IN YELLOW Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington Morris
ZONE Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton Burlington
Gloucester
▼ (-1) ▲ (+3) Somerset
Hunterdon
Warren

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW JERSEY
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEW MEXICO Issue 21
SUMMARY
• New Mexico is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 18th highest rate in the country.
New Mexico is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 14th highest rate in the country.
• New Mexico has seen an increase in new case, an increase in test positivity, and is experiencing community spread across the state.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Bernalillo County, 2. Doña Ana County, and 3.
Santa Fe County. These counties represent 53.4% of new cases in New Mexico.
• 67% of all counties in New Mexico have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 48% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 33% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 47% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• New Mexico had 309 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 5 to support operations activities from FEMA
and 1 to support operations activities from ASPR.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in several cities.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 71 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 34 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in New Mexico. An average of 89% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID
patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related hospitalizations.
Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• New Mexico continues to experience full and unrelenting community spread, with rising test positivity, cases, and hospitalizations. Testing
with antigen tests needs to expand to proactively identify asymptomatic individuals, especially in the most active age groups.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• New hospital admissions in New Mexico continue to rise and capacity is under continual threat. Mitigation efforts should continue to include
wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public,
including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Weekly testing of all Tribal members residing on reservations should be implemented immediately, providing accommodations for COVID-19
positive individuals to isolate immediately. This will add a critical public health intervention of proactive testing to already focused
mitigation.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW MEXICO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 6,485 80,966 687,656


+13%
(RATE PER 100,000) (309) (190) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


11.8% +1.5%* 10.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 54,380** 645,005** 7,362,570**


+56%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,593**) (1,510**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 81 1,089 6,542


+72%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.9) (2.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


33% +15%* 17% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


47% +15%* 28% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% -2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW MEXICO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW MEXICO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

47 hospitals are expected to report in New Mexico


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW MEXICO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Bernalillo
Albuquerque
Doña Ana
Las Cruces
Santa Fe
Santa Fe
LOCALITIES
11 16
Luna
Deming
Chaves
IN RED Roswell
Hobbs
Lea
ZONE Clovis
Curry
Eddy
▲ (+3) Carlsbad-Artesia
Gallup ▲ (+6) Valencia
McKinley
Portales
Roosevelt
Ruidoso
Socorro

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
4 Farmington
Alamogordo
Grants
Española
4 San Juan
Otero
Cibola
Rio Arriba
▲ (+1) ▼ (-1)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
1 Taos 2 Sandoval
Taos

▼ (-2) ▼ (-1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Bernalillo, Doña Ana, Santa Fe, Luna, Chaves, Lea, Curry, Eddy, Valencia, McKinley, Roosevelt,
Socorro, Lincoln, Sierra, Torrance, Quay

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW MEXICO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NEW YORK Issue 21
SUMMARY
• New York is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 47th highest
rate in the country. New York is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 48th highest rate in
the country.
• New York has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• There is persistently elevated (more than 200 per 100,000 population) incidence in 19 counties and increasing test positivity
documented in 43 counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Kings County, 2. Queens County, and 3.
Nassau County. These counties represent 28.9% of new cases in New York.
• 5% of all counties in New York have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with none
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• Inpatient hospital utilization and ICU bed utilization are at 73%, with wide variability by county and CBSA; 13 facilities reported
critical staffing shortages.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 11% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 1% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death; apparent outbreaks in facilities in Wellsville, Waverly,
New Paltz, Allegany, and the Bronx.
• New York had 85 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 66 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 4 to support operations activities from ASPR; 1 to support testing activities from CDC; and 20 to support operations
activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 215 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 289 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in New York. An average of 94% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or
new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. Increase messaging to strongly encourage testing of all who attended rallies,
protests, or celebrations.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Establish and follow quantitative wastewater testing at the most local level possible (at the facility or building level, if possible) to
guide mitigation and testing efforts.
• Strictly enforce mask use in children in school and monitor case and test positivity rates by age band closely; reevaluate school
policy and intensify community mitigation efforts wherever case rates among school children increase.
• Continuously monitor testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure rapid turn-around of test results (within 48
hours) and all cases are immediately isolated and full contact tracing is conducted (within 72 hours of testing).
• Expand use of clinical and hospital staff from hard-hit communities as part of strong advocacy for mitigation behaviors.
• Intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all facilities with recent cases have had facility-wide testing and all facilities are
regularly (weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; ensure all facilities throughout the state are strictly adhering to CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW YORK
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 16,570 29,427 687,656


+21%
(RATE PER 100,000) (85) (104) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


2.3% +0.3%* 3.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 728,287** 963,388** 7,362,570**


-7%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,744**) (3,400**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 307 384 6,542


+134%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.6) (1.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


11% +4%* 11% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% +2%* 26% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


1% +0%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW YORK
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW YORK
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

176 hospitals are expected to report in New York


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW YORK
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-1)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Tioga

■ (+0) ▲ (+1)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
2 Binghamton
Elmira 2 Chemung
Allegany

▲ (+1) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NEW YORK
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NORTH CAROLINA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• North Carolina is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 30th highest rate in the
country. North Carolina is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 32nd highest rate in the
country.
• North Carolina has seen stability in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• There were 28 counties with at least 200 cases per 100,000 population in previous 7 days and test positivity increased in 46 counties; case
rates and test positivity continue to increase most quickly in the more rural counties, such as Alexander, Dare, Hertford, Camden, and Ashe
counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Mecklenburg County, 2. Wake County, and 3.
Guilford County. These counties represent 21.5% of new cases in North Carolina.
• 80% of all counties in North Carolina have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 16%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• At the state level, 75% of inpatient beds are being used and 77% inpatient of ICU beds are being used, with wide variability at the local level.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 14% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 28% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death. There are many facilities (>15) with apparent outbreaks of over 10 cases
among staff and residents.
• North Carolina had 157 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations activities from FEMA
and 7 to support operations activities from USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in New Hanover, Guilford, Mecklenburg, and Pitt counties.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 156 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 314 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in North Carolina. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. Increase messaging to strongly encourage testing of all who attended rallies, protests, or
celebrations.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without a recent
negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Establish and follow quantitative wastewater testing at the most local level possible (at the facility or building level, if possible) to guide
mitigation and testing efforts.
• Expand messaging to encourage adherence to mitigation policies; work with advertising or corporate partners with success in local markets
to develop and deploy new communication strategies as soon as possible.
• Continuously evaluate testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure test results are received within 48 hours and all cases are
immediately isolated and full contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours of testing; expand capacity as needed to meet these benchmarks
by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms to allow task-shifting, and coordinating remote surge capacity from
counties with lower case rates.
• Continue outreach to all churches that have resumed in-person services with strong messaging about increasing transmission and the
potentially deadly risks for older persons; monitor and urge compliance with occupancy and mitigation policies.
• Work with all state and private institutions of higher education to ensure all testing data (testing volume and test positivity) are posted on
websites and that testing is offered to all students before they return home for the holidays.
• Intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all facilities with recent cases have had facility wide testing and all facilities are regularly
(weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; ensure all facilities throughout the state are strictly adhering to CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 16,507 106,660 687,656


+3%
(RATE PER 100,000) (157) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.1% +0.0%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 236,044** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


+3%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,251**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 247 1,343 6,542


+12%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.4) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


14% +0%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


28% -3%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +0%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

112 hospitals are expected to report in North Carolina


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Cumberland
Catawba
Onslow
LOCALITIES
6 16
Fayetteville Robeson
Rocky Mount Randolph
IN RED Jacksonville Nash
ZONE Lumberton
Mount Airy
Harnett
Surry
▼ (-1) Laurinburg ▼ (-3) Alexander
Columbus
Hoke
Scotland
Gaston
Cabarrus
Caldwell
Hickory-Lenoir-Morganton
LOCALITIES
7 21
Wilson
Wilson
Rockingham
IN ORANGE North Wilkesboro
Roanoke Rapids
Lincoln
ZONE Morehead City
Sampson
Wilkes
▼ (-3) Sanford
Kill Devil Hills ▼ (-5) Edgecombe
Carteret
Halifax
Lee
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia Mecklenburg
Raleigh-Cary Wake
Greensboro-High Point Guilford
LOCALITIES
21 43
Winston-Salem Forsyth
Asheville Johnston
IN YELLOW Wilmington Alamance
ZONE Burlington
Goldsboro
Wayne
Pitt
▲ (+5) Greenville ▲ (+5) New Hanover
Shelby Union
New Bern Cleveland
Cullowhee Davidson

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow CBSAs: Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, Raleigh-Cary, Greensboro-High Point, Winston-Salem, Asheville, Wilmington, Burlington, Goldsboro, Greenville,
Shelby, New Bern, Cullowhee, Myrtle Beach-Conway-North Myrtle Beach, Forest City, Pinehurst-Southern Pines, Washington, Rockingham, Elizabeth City,
Henderson, Brevard, Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News
All Red Counties: Cumberland, Catawba, Onslow, Robeson, Randolph, Nash, Harnett, Surry, Alexander, Columbus, Hoke, Scotland, Avery, Mitchell, Swain, Alleghany
All Orange Counties: Gaston, Cabarrus, Caldwell, Wilson, Rockingham, Lincoln, Sampson, Wilkes, Edgecombe, Carteret, Halifax, Lee, Yadkin, Madison, Ashe, Caswell,
Dare, Northampton, Cherokee, Clay, Hertford
All Yellow Counties: Mecklenburg, Wake, Guilford, Forsyth, Johnston, Alamance, Wayne, Pitt, New Hanover, Union, Cleveland, Davidson, Rowan, Craven, Pender,
Jackson, Brunswick, Henderson, Rutherford, Moore, Duplin, Beaufort, Granville, Richmond, Person, Chatham, Greene, Stokes, Vance, Davie, Warren, Yancey, Bladen,
Pasquotank, Haywood, Montgomery, Martin, Macon, Anson, Bertie, Transylvania, Perquimans, Currituck

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
NORTH DAKOTA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• North Dakota is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the highest rate in the
country. North Dakota is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 7th highest rate in the
country.
• North Dakota has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity without evidence of improvement.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Cass County, 2. Burleigh County, and 3.
Ward County. These counties represent 46.0% of new cases in North Dakota.
• 85% of all counties in North Dakota have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with
70% having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 29% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 71% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 19% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• North Dakota had 1,197 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 1 to support epidemiology
activities from CDC.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 36 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 6 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in North Dakota. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed
or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. North Dakota needs to test to find the silent
asymptomatic, yet highly contagious, individuals and isolate them.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• North Dakota must expand and require mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases are increasing. New hospital
admissions in North Dakota continue to rise dramatically, suggesting current mitigation is inadequate. Mitigation efforts should
continue to include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-
less crowding in public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu
immunizations.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Weekly testing of all Tribal members residing on reservations should be implemented immediately, providing accommodations for
COVID-19 positive individuals to isolate immediately.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 9,119 60,937 687,656


+39%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1,197) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


17.1% +3.7%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 40,561** 401,866** 7,362,570**


-6%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (5,323**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 101 417 6,542


+40%
(RATE PER 100,000) (13.3) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


29% -2%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


71% +3%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


19% +10%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

49 hospitals are expected to report in North Dakota


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Cass
Burleigh
Ward
Bismarck
LOCALITIES
7 37
Grand Forks
Fargo
Morton
IN RED Minot
Grand Forks
Stutsman
ZONE Jamestown
Williams
Walsh
▲ (+2) Williston
Wahpeton ▲ (+6) Rolette
Richland
Ramsey
McLean

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 4 Ransom
Grant
Renville
Golden Valley
▼ (-1) ▼ (-4)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
1 Dickinson 4 Stark
Hettinger
Divide
Dunn
■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Cass, Burleigh, Ward, Grand Forks, Morton, Stutsman, Williams, Walsh, Rolette, Richland,
Ramsey, McLean, Mountrail, Traill, Mercer, Bottineau, Dickey, Barnes, Pembina, Wells, Benson, Pierce, McHenry,
Cavalier, Foster, Eddy, LaMoure, Sioux, Towner, Nelson, Burke, Griggs, Adams, Sargent, Kidder, Emmons, Oliver

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

NORTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
OHIO Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Ohio is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 23rd highest rate in the country.
Ohio is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 31st highest rate in the country.
• Ohio has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. This, combined with the rapid increase in hospitalizations,
shows vast and unmitigated community spread. There is no evidence of improvement. Testing strategies must maintain the current
practices and add proactive testing for silent spreaders.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Franklin County, 2. Hamilton County,
and 3. Cuyahoga County. These counties represent 26.0% of new cases in Ohio.
• 93% of all counties in Ohio have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 56% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 16% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 32% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Ohio had 234 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 9 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 4 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 323 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 380 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Ohio. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• Ohio must expand mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity, cases, and daily hospital admissions are increasing. Mitigation
efforts should continue to include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the
opportunities for mask-less crowding in public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate
household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Please contact all hospitals reporting less than one week’s PPE supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support
if this supply issue is confirmed.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OHIO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 27,396 207,351 687,656


+38%
(RATE PER 100,000) (234) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.3% +1.4%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 329,956** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


+9%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,823**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 203 1,493 6,542


+90%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.7) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


16% +2%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


32% +3%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +1%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OHIO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OHIO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

187 hospitals are expected to report in Ohio


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OHIO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Dayton-Kettering Montgomery
Toledo Butler
Akron Summit
LOCALITIES
21 49
Lima Lucas
Wooster Warren
IN RED Mansfield Greene
ZONE Celina
Wapakoneta
Lake
Clermont
▲ (+1) Findlay ▲ (+11) Allen
Sidney Licking
Greenville Wayne
Defiance Putnam
Franklin
Columbus Hamilton
Cincinnati Cuyahoga
LOCALITIES
10 18
Canton-Massillon Stark
Springfield Clark
IN ORANGE New Philadelphia-Dover Fairfield
ZONE Chillicothe
Athens
Delaware
Trumbull
▲ (+4) Bucyrus-Galion ▲ (+1) Tuscarawas
Mount Vernon Ross
Wheeling Pickaway
Athens
Cleveland-Elyria Medina
Youngstown-Warren-Boardman Wood
Zanesville Muskingum
LOCALITIES
13 15
Portsmouth Scioto
Marion Marion
IN YELLOW Salem Columbiana
ZONE Huntington-Ashland
Ashtabula
Lawrence
Ashtabula
▼ (-4) Tiffin ▼ (-7) Seneca
Sandusky Erie
Weirton-Steubenville Geauga
Norwalk Madison

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Dayton-Kettering, Toledo, Akron, Lima, Wooster, Mansfield, Celina, Wapakoneta, Findlay, Sidney, Greenville, Defiance, Bellefontaine, Wilmington,
Cambridge, Marietta, Fremont, Van Wert, Coshocton, Urbana, Washington Court House
All Yellow CBSAs: Cleveland-Elyria, Youngstown-Warren-Boardman, Zanesville, Portsmouth, Marion, Salem, Huntington-Ashland, Ashtabula, Tiffin, Sandusky,
Weirton-Steubenville, Norwalk, Point Pleasant
All Red Counties: Montgomery, Butler, Summit, Lucas, Warren, Greene, Lake, Clermont, Allen, Licking, Wayne, Putnam, Miami, Portage, Richland, Mercer, Auglaize,
Holmes, Hancock, Union, Shelby, Darke, Preble, Defiance, Highland, Fulton, Logan, Clinton, Guernsey, Washington, Sandusky, Williams, Van Wert, Henry, Morrow,
Belmont, Coshocton, Brown, Noble, Jefferson, Hardin, Paulding, Champaign, Fayette, Adams, Hocking, Carroll, Wyandot, Monroe
All Orange Counties: Franklin, Hamilton, Cuyahoga, Stark, Clark, Fairfield, Delaware, Trumbull, Tuscarawas, Ross, Pickaway, Athens, Crawford, Knox, Ottawa, Pike,
Perry, Gallia
All Yellow Counties: Medina, Wood, Muskingum, Scioto, Marion, Columbiana, Lawrence, Ashtabula, Seneca, Erie, Geauga, Madison, Huron, Vinton, Harrison

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OHIO
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
OKLAHOMA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Oklahoma is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 22nd highest rate in the country.
Oklahoma is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 11th highest rate in the country.
• Oklahoma has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Oklahoma County, 2. Tulsa County, and 3.
Cleveland County. These counties represent 38.9% of new cases in Oklahoma.
• 90% of all counties in Oklahoma have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 83% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 15% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 28% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Oklahoma had 259 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations activities from
FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 196 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 88 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Oklahoma. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing among 18-40
year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with
testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• The unyielding COVID spread across Oklahoma continues with new hospital admissions, inpatients, and patients in the ICU at record levels,
indicating deeper spread across the state. The most recent trends, showing steep inclines across all indicators, need immediate action
including mask requirements to decrease severity in morbidity and mortality among Oklahomans.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and restricting
hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns; mitigation behaviors may be eroding in
university towns. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the holiday
season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Oklahomans to adopt about the
risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to secure
supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Nearly 30% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living,
and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Tribal Nations: Provide Abbot BinaxNOW tests to Tribal Nations to conduct weekly testing among all of those who live or work on the
reservation. Weekly testing will immediately identify positives (asymptomatic and symptomatic), who will isolate and prevent further
transmission to the community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OKLAHOMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 10,257 80,966 687,656


+34%
(RATE PER 100,000) (259) (190) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


15.0% +2.4%* 10.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 30,814** 645,005** 7,362,570**


+6%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (779**) (1,510**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 103 1,089 6,542


+12%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.6) (2.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


15% +1%* 17% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


28% +3%* 28% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +0%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OKLAHOMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OKLAHOMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

132 hospitals are expected to report in Oklahoma


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OKLAHOMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Oklahoma City Oklahoma
Tulsa Tulsa
Lawton Cleveland
LOCALITIES
20 64
Shawnee Canadian
Durant Comanche
IN RED Enid Pottawatomie
ZONE Stillwater
Muskogee
Rogers
Bryan
▲ (+2) Ada ▲ (+11) Garfield
Ardmore Payne
Bartlesville Muskogee
Altus Pontotoc

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Fort Smith 1 Atoka

▼ (-2) ▼ (-7)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
1 Duncan 4 Stephens
Creek
Marshall
Jefferson
■ (+0) ▼ (-1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Oklahoma City, Tulsa, Lawton, Shawnee, Durant, Enid, Stillwater, Muskogee, Ada, Ardmore, Bartlesville, Altus, McAlester,
Elk City, Miami, Tahlequah, Ponca City, Guymon, Weatherford, Woodward
All Red Counties: Oklahoma, Tulsa, Cleveland, Canadian, Comanche, Pottawatomie, Rogers, Bryan, Garfield, Payne, Muskogee, Pontotoc,
McClain, Okfuskee, Le Flore, Grady, Okmulgee, Garvin, Wagoner, Carter, Sequoyah, Delaware, Washington, McCurtain, Jackson, Pittsburg,
Beckham, Seminole, Ottawa, Cherokee, Kay, Texas, Logan, Lincoln, Caddo, Mayes, Custer, Osage, Woodward, Kingfisher, McIntosh,
Choctaw, Murray, Major, Haskell, Johnston, Hughes, Craig, Pushmataha, Nowata, Blaine, Latimer, Pawnee, Noble, Love, Kiowa, Washita,
Coal, Grant, Tillman, Alfalfa, Harper, Greer, Beaver

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OKLAHOMA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
OREGON Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Oregon is in the orange zone for cases, indicating between 51 and 100 new cases per 100,000 population, with the 43rd
highest rate in the country. Oregon is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with
the 35th highest rate in the country.
• Oregon has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity. Incidence increased in 25 counties and test
positivity increased in 13. Malheur, Baker, Umatilla, and Deschutes counties had test positivity over 10%.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Multnomah County, 2.
Washington County, and 3. Marion County. These counties represent 50.9% of new cases in Oregon.
• 47% of all counties in Oregon have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with
8% having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• Hospital inpatient bed utilization is at 74% and ICU bed utilization is at 77% at the state level, with wide variability by CBSA
and county.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 6% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 17% had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Oregon had 100 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 18 to support operations
activities from FEMA and 8 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 26 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 103 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Oregon. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either
new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.
RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups
from the community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all
hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care
facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which
should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of
symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties.
Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work
without a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Implement and monitor quantitative wastewater surveillance; any increase should help direct testing and mitigation efforts.
• Work with advertising or corporate partners with success in local markets to develop and deploy new communication
strategies as soon as possible. Increase messaging to encourage testing of all who attended rallies, protests, or celebrations.
• Continuously evaluate and monitor contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure all cases are immediately isolated and
full contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours; expand capacity as needed to meet these benchmarks by focusing the
interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms, hiring staff and task-shifting, and coordinating remote surge capacity
from counties with lower case rates.
• Continue to follow evidence of local transmission and adjust local policy as needed to curtail transmission (consider adding
Baker and Deschutes counties to counties with enhanced restrictions).
• Intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all facilities with recent cases have had facility wide testing and all facilities
are regularly (weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; ensure all facilities throughout the state are strictly adhering to CMS
guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OREGON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 4,221 21,975 687,656


+39%
(RATE PER 100,000) (100) (153) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


6.7% +0.1%* 8.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 136,414** 312,430** 7,362,570**


-5%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,234**) (2,177**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 41 171 6,542


+58%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.0) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +1%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


17% +4%* 22% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% -2%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OREGON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OREGON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

63 hospitals are expected to report in Oregon


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OREGON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
2 Bend
Ontario 3 Deschutes
Malheur
Baker
▲ (+1) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
3 Medford
Hermiston-Pendleton
Astoria
3 Jackson
Umatilla
Clatsop
■ (+0) ▼ (-1)

Multnomah
Washington
Marion
LOCALITIES
4 11
Clackamas
Portland-Vancouver-Hillsboro
IN YELLOW Salem
Linn
Yamhill
ZONE Albany-Lebanon
Prineville
Polk
■ (+0) ▲ (+4) Crook
Jefferson
Morrow
Wallowa

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

OREGON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
PENNSYLVANIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Pennsylvania is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 35th highest rate in the
country. Pennsylvania is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 33rd highest rate in
the country.
• Pennsylvania has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. There are now 47 counties with reported case
rates over 100 per 100,000 population and 54 counties with increasing test positivity over this past week.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Philadelphia County, 2. Allegheny
County, and 3. Delaware County. These counties represent 27.7% of new cases in Pennsylvania.
• 79% of all counties in Pennsylvania have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with
13% having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• State-level inpatient bed and ICU utilization are reported at 73% and 78%, respectively, with variability at the local level.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 14% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 24% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death; apparent outbreaks (>10 cases) in more than 15 facilities
with multiple other facilities reporting >5 cases among staff and residents.
• Pennsylvania had 144 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 49 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 8 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 2 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 226 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 377 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Pennsylvania. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Intensify surveillance at all local levels through expansion of quantitative wastewater testing; consider direct wastewater
surveillance for congregate settings such as dormitories, prisons, nursing homes, and shelters.
• Expand public health messaging in advance of the holidays about the risks of familial and social gatherings; work with advertising
or corporate partners with success in local markets to develop and deploy new communication strategies as soon as possible.
• Expand use of local hospital or clinical staff as part of strong public advocacy for community mitigation behaviors in all
communities.
• Monitor commercial and religious venues to ensure compliance with local ordinances on occupancy, social distancing, and use of
face coverings.
• Continuously evaluate testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure test results are returned within 48 hours and all
cases are immediately isolated and full contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours of testing; expand contact tracing capacity to
meet these benchmarks by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms, expanding staff and task-shifting, and
coordinating remote surge capacity from counties with lower case rates.
• Require all institutions of higher education to post testing volume and test positivity on their dashboards; ensure all have plans to
test all students before they return home for the holidays.
• Outbreaks in LTCFs remain notably elevated and this should be a top priority; intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all
facilities with recent cases have had facility wide testing and all facilities are regularly (weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; ensure
all facilities throughout the state are strictly adhering to CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

PENNSYLVANIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 18,433 39,789 687,656


+23%
(RATE PER 100,000) (144) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


6.9% +0.9%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 287,106** 753,082** 7,362,570**


+4%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,243**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 191 361 6,542


+20%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.5) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


14% +5%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


24% +4%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +1%* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

PENNSYLVANIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

PENNSYLVANIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

183 hospitals are expected to report in Pennsylvania


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

PENNSYLVANIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Bradford
Franklin
LOCALITIES
5 9
Sayre Lawrence
IN RED Chambersburg-Waynesboro
New Castle
Indiana
Armstrong
ZONE Indiana Bedford
▲ (+1) Oil City
▲ (+3) Venango
Wyoming
Fulton

Philadelphia
Luzerne
Dauphin
LOCALITIES
6 11
Lebanon
Lebanon
Pottsville
IN ORANGE Huntingdon
Schuylkill
Butler
ZONE Meadville
Lewistown
Huntingdon
▲ (+2) St. Marys ▲ (+5) Crawford
Mifflin
Elk
Juniata
Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington Delaware
Pittsburgh Montgomery
Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton Berks
LOCALITIES
20 33
Scranton--Wilkes-Barre Lancaster
Reading Westmoreland
IN YELLOW Lancaster Bucks
ZONE Harrisburg-Carlisle
York-Hanover
York
Lehigh
▲ (+3) State College ▲ (+7) Chester
Altoona Northampton
Erie Centre
Johnstown Washington

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow CBSAs: Philadelphia-Camden-Wilmington, Pittsburgh, Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton, Scranton--Wilkes-Barre,


Reading, Lancaster, Harrisburg-Carlisle, York-Hanover, State College, Altoona, Erie, Johnstown, Youngstown-Warren-
Boardman, Sunbury, Gettysburg, East Stroudsburg, Somerset, DuBois, Lock Haven, Warren
All Yellow Counties: Delaware, Montgomery, Berks, Lancaster, Westmoreland, Bucks, York, Lehigh, Chester, Northampton,
Centre, Washington, Blair, Erie, Cambria, Cumberland, Mercer, Northumberland, Beaver, Adams, Monroe, Somerset,
Clearfield, Tioga, Carbon, Jefferson, Perry, Greene, Columbia, Susquehanna, Clinton, Pike, Warren

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

PENNSYLVANIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
RHODE ISLAND Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Rhode Island is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 17th highest rate in the
country. Rhode Island is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the 43rd highest rate in the
country.
• Rhode Island has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. Case rates increased in all counties and test
positivity increased in five counties compared to last week; testing positivity appears to be increasing faster among those aged over
65 years old.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Providence County, 2. Kent County, and
3. Washington County. These counties represent 68.5% of new cases in Rhode Island.
• No counties in Rhode Island have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• Inpatient bed utilization is reported at 84% and ICU bed utilization is reported at 77%; in Providence, inpatient bed utilization is
90%.
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 17% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 35% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death; multiple facilities with more than 5 cases among
residents and staff in Coventry, Warwick, Warren, and Cumberland.
• Rhode Island had 331 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 13 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 1 patient with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Rhode Island. An average of 90% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of
COVID-related hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Consider working with corporate partners who have had success in local markets to expand and increase impact of
communications.
• Develop and deploy quantitative wastewater testing at the most local levels to direct testing and mitigation efforts; consider direct
wastewater surveillance for large congregate settings, such as dormitories, shelters, and nursing homes.
• Encourage testing among all those who participated in large rallies, protests, or celebrations.
• Continuously evaluate and monitor testing and contact tracing capacity in all counties to ensure test results are returned within 48
hours and all cases are immediately isolated and full contact tracing is conducted within 72 hours of testing; expand capacity as
needed to meet these benchmarks by focusing the interview, developing scripts and clear algorithms, expanding staff and task-
shifting, and coordinating remote surge capacity from counties with lower case rates.
• Ensure all institutions of higher education (IHE) have adequate surveillance plans which include testing of asymptomatic students;
ensure all IHEs have plans to test students before they return home.
• Intensify efforts at nursing homes to ensure that all facilities with recent cases have had facility wide testing and all facilities are
regularly (weekly) testing staff using rapid tests; agree with restrictions on visitations and ensure all facilities throughout the state
are strictly adhering to all CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

RHODE ISLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 3,506 22,390 687,656


+27%
(RATE PER 100,000) (331) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


3.9% +0.6%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 81,647** 719,818** 7,362,570**


+6%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (7,707**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 23 220 6,542


-4%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.2) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


17% +4%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


35% +7%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +2%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

RHODE ISLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

RHODE ISLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

12 hospitals are expected to report in Rhode Island


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

RHODE ISLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

RHODE ISLAND
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
SOUTH CAROLINA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• South Carolina is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 37th highest rate in
the country. South Carolina is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 26th highest
rate in the country.
• South Carolina has seen stability in new cases and an increase in test positivity; however, hospitalizations are not declining,
suggesting the need to expand mitigation.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Greenville County, 2. Spartanburg
County, and 3. Richland County. These counties represent 28.6% of new cases in South Carolina.
• 78% of all counties in South Carolina have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with
17% having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 14% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 7% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• South Carolina had 141 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 11 to support operations activities
from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 62 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 75 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in South Carolina. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the
country, where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in
the Sunbelt as mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community
members.
• South Carolina must expand the mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases increase, despite decreased testing. New
hospital admissions in South Carolina continue at a moderate plateau. Mitigation efforts should continue to include wearing masks
in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public, including
bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Please contact all hospitals reporting less than one week’s PPE supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support
if this supply issue is confirmed.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family
members during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and
undiagnosed infections among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember
that seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can
easily lead to spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate
testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents. There continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community
spread in these geographic locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,280 106,660 687,656


+3%
(RATE PER 100,000) (141) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


8.2% +0.6%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 67,990** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-15%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,321**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 109 1,343 6,542


-8%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.1) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


14% +0%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% +2%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


7% +2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

69 hospitals are expected to report in South Carolina


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Greenville
LOCALITIES
2 8
Lexington
York
IN RED Greenville-Anderson Anderson
ZONE Gaffney Pickens
Cherokee
■ (+0) ▲ (+1) Chester
Edgefield

Aiken
Georgetown
Oconee
LOCALITIES
4 13
Lancaster
Augusta-Richmond County Darlington
IN ORANGE Georgetown Newberry
ZONE Seneca
Newberry
Laurens
Chesterfield
▼ (-1) ▲ (+5) Dillon
Fairfield
Lee
Saluda
Spartanburg
Richland
Columbia
Horry
LOCALITIES
9 15
Spartanburg
Berkeley
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia
Florence
IN YELLOW Myrtle Beach-Conway-North Myrtle Beach
Florence
Kershaw
ZONE Sumter
Sumter
Greenwood
■ (+0) Greenwood
Orangeburg ▼ (-7) Orangeburg
Marion
Bennettsville
Colleton
Marlboro

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Orange Counties: Aiken, Georgetown, Oconee, Lancaster, Darlington, Newberry, Laurens, Chesterfield,
Dillon, Fairfield, Lee, Saluda, McCormick
All Yellow Counties: Spartanburg, Richland, Horry, Berkeley, Florence, Kershaw, Sumter, Greenwood,
Orangeburg, Marion, Colleton, Marlboro, Williamsburg, Clarendon, Jasper

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
SOUTH DAKOTA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• South Dakota is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 2nd highest
rate in the country. South Dakota is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 3rd
highest rate in the country.
• South Dakota has seen a slight increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity; 49 counties had an increase in test
positivity and 35 counties have a test positivity rate of at least 20%. Testing volume appears to have dropped over the past
two weeks.
• Deaths increased by over 60% compared to the previous week.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Minnehaha County, 2.
Pennington County, and 3. Lincoln County. These counties represent 41.1% of new cases in South Dakota.
• 88% of all counties in South Dakota have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones),
with 83% having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 28% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 63% had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and 12% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• South Dakota had 913 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 3 to support operations
activities from FEMA and 2 to support epidemiology activities from CDC.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 67 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 17 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in South Dakota. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported
either new confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.
RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups
from the community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all
hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care
facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which
should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of
symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties.
Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work
without a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Consider working with advertising or corporate partners with success in local markets to develop new communication
strategies.
• Utilize clinical staff in hard-hit areas as part of strong, coordinated, public health messaging and education.
• Testing should be rapidly expanded, with a goal to test over 2,000 people per 100,000 population per week in all counties;
testing should reach asymptomatic young adults to curb transmission. Innovative testing strategies using rapid tests should
be deployed in social and commercial venues.
• Expand and use regular quantitative wastewater testing at the most local levels; consider using wastewater surveillance for
crowded buildings and residences, such as dormitories, shelters, and large apartment buildings.
• All open schools with in-person classes should strictly adhere to CDC guidance, including use of face masks for all teachers
and students; follow test positivity and incidence by age band and reevaluate school policy if rates go up.
• Tribal communities: develop weekly testing of all Tribal communities, regardless of symptoms. Ensure quick return of
results (within 48 hours), scaling up rapid antigen tests wherever transmission is most intense. Ensure sufficient facilities for
isolation and quarantine and adequate delivery of food, water and laundry services.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 8,080 60,937 687,656


+10%
(RATE PER 100,000) (913) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


22.2% +2.8%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 21,163** 401,866** 7,362,570**


-9%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,392**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 95 417 6,542


+61%
(RATE PER 100,000) (10.7) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


28% +10%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


63% +15%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


12% +3%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

55 hospitals are expected to report in South Dakota


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Minnehaha
Sioux Falls
Pennington
Rapid City
Lincoln
Aberdeen
LOCALITIES
11 55
Bon Homme
Mitchell
Brown
IN RED Spearfish
Brookings
Oglala Lakota
ZONE Huron
Davison
Codington
▲ (+1) Yankton
Pierre ▲ (+11) Lawrence
Brookings
Vermillion
Beadle
Sioux City
Yankton

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Watertown 2 Bennett
Clark

▲ (+1) ▼ (-1)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Hamlin

▼ (-2) ▼ (-5)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Minnehaha, Pennington, Lincoln, Bon Homme, Brown, Oglala Lakota, Davison, Codington,
Lawrence, Brookings, Beadle, Yankton, Meade, Hughes, Todd, Butte, Clay, Turner, Dewey, Union, Lake, Charles
Mix, McCook, Brule, Roberts, Spink, Corson, Kingsbury, Hutchinson, Grant, Gregory, Moody, Custer, Lyman,
Buffalo, Hand, Faulk, Fall River, Tripp, Potter, Jackson, Aurora, Day, Sanborn, Hanson, Walworth, Douglas,
Mellette, Edmunds, Stanley, Ziebach, Hyde, Sully, Jerauld, Campbell

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
TENNESSEE Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Tennessee is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 25th highest rate in the
country. Tennessee is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 17th highest rate in the
country.
• Tennessee has seen a decrease in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Shelby County, 2. Davidson County, and
3. Knox County. These counties represent 27.4% of new cases in Tennessee.
• 97% of all counties in Tennessee have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 73%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 22% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 43% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 12% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Tennessee had 200 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 176 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 117 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Tennessee. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns; mitigation behaviors may be
eroding in university towns. Ensure appropriate testing and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to
hometowns for the holiday season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for Tennesseans to adopt
about the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• Over 40% of nursing homes have COVID positive staff, indicating unmitigated community spread. Ensure all nursing homes,
assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TENNESSEE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 13,659 106,660 687,656


-24%
(RATE PER 100,000) (200) (159) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


11.4% +1.5%* 7.8% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 80,024** 1,149,018** 7,362,570**


-50%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,172**) (1,717**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 202 1,343 6,542


-25%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.0) (2.0) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


22% +3%* 15% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


43% +7%* 29% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


12% +5%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TENNESSEE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TENNESSEE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

102 hospitals are expected to report in Tennessee


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TENNESSEE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Nashville-Davidson--Murfreesboro--Franklin Knox
Memphis Rutherford
Knoxville Hamilton
LOCALITIES
24 69
Chattanooga Williamson
Johnson City Sullivan
IN RED Kingsport-Bristol Washington
Jackson
ZONE Cookeville
Sumner
Maury
▲ (+7) Morristown ▲ (+5) Wilson
Greeneville Putnam
Cleveland Blount
Sevierville Greene
Shelby
Davidson
LOCALITIES
2 10
Madison
McMinn
IN ORANGE Tullahoma-Manchester Marion
ZONE Athens Grainger
Johnson
▼ (-8) ▼ (-10) Bledsoe
Polk
Trousdale
Montgomery
Campbell
Fayette
LOCALITIES
1 13
Robertson
Franklin
IN YELLOW Clarksville
Hardin
ZONE DeKalb
Humphreys
▲ (+1) ▲ (+3) Union
Wayne
Clay
Pickett

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Nashville-Davidson--Murfreesboro--Franklin, Memphis, Knoxville, Chattanooga, Johnson City, Kingsport-Bristol, Jackson, Cookeville,
Morristown, Greeneville, Cleveland, Sevierville, Dyersburg, Lawrenceburg, Shelbyville, Crossville, Union City, Newport, McMinnville, Lewisburg, Martin,
Paris, Dayton, Brownsville
All Red Counties: Knox, Rutherford, Hamilton, Williamson, Sullivan, Washington, Sumner, Maury, Wilson, Putnam, Blount, Greene, Sevier, Dyer, Bradley,
Carter, Anderson, Lawrence, Tipton, Roane, Coffee, Dickson, Hamblen, Bedford, Obion, Cumberland, Cocke, Warren, Hawkins, Monroe, Gibson,
Lauderdale, White, Lincoln, Marshall, Jefferson, Weakley, Hardeman, Loudon, Crockett, Overton, Henry, Lewis, Cheatham, Rhea, Giles, Macon, Unicoi,
Haywood, Perry, Scott, Fentress, Carroll, Smith, Hickman, Henderson, McNairy, Grundy, Benton, Cannon, Jackson, Decatur, Stewart, Sequatchie, Meigs,
Morgan, Moore, Lake, Van Buren
All Yellow Counties: Montgomery, Campbell, Fayette, Robertson, Franklin, Hardin, DeKalb, Humphreys, Union, Wayne, Clay, Pickett, Chester

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TENNESSEE
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
TEXAS Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Texas is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 28th highest rate in the country. Texas is
in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 18th highest rate in the country.
• Texas has seen an increase in new cases, an increase in test positivity, and rapidly rising hospitalizations.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. El Paso County, 2. Tarrant County, and 3. Harris
County. These counties represent 40.8% of new cases in Texas.
• 57% of all counties in Texas have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 30% having high
levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 15% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 26% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 6% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Texas had 177 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 48 to support operations activities from
FEMA; 35 to support medical activities from ASPR; 26 to support operations activities from ASPR; 1 to support epidemiology activities from
CDC; and 16 to support operations activities from USCG.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Houston, TX and Waco, TX.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 737 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 593 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Texas. An average of 89% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected COVID
patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of COVID-related hospitalizations.
Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date. Texas is experiencing a
significant resurgence in community spread and aggressive actions must be taken.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• New hospital admissions in Texas continue to rise, suggesting current mitigation is inadequate. Texas must expand and require the
mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases also increase. Mitigation efforts should continue to include wearing masks in public;
physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less crowding in public, including bars, and
eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• Immediately evaluate the PPE situation in all hospitals to verify the supply situation and immediately engage FEMA if the supply volumes are
confirmed.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Weekly testing of all Tribal members residing on reservations should be implemented immediately, providing accommodations for COVID-19
positive individuals to isolate immediately.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TEXAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 51,427 80,966 687,656


+16%
(RATE PER 100,000) (177) (190) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


11.0% +0.8%* 10.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 435,199** 645,005** 7,362,570**


-5%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,501**) (1,510**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 663 1,089 6,542


+20%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.3) (2.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


15% +1%* 17% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


26% +1%* 28% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +2%* 6% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TEXAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TEXAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

460 hospitals are expected to report in Texas


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TEXAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington El Paso
El Paso Tarrant
Lubbock Dallas
LOCALITIES
31 75
Amarillo Lubbock
McAllen-Edinburg-Mission Randall
IN RED Wichita Falls Hidalgo
ZONE Odessa
Midland
Potter
Wichita
▲ (+5) Sherman-Denison ▲ (+12) Ector
Plainview Midland
Texarkana Grayson
Paris Ellis
Laredo Collin
Brownsville-Harlingen Denton
Abilene Webb
LOCALITIES
16 34
Tyler Cameron
Longview Taylor
IN ORANGE Del Rio Smith
ZONE Alice
San Angelo
Parker
Val Verde
▼ (-1) Athens ▼ (-9) Rockwall
Granbury Gregg
Mount Pleasant Tom Green
Rio Grande City-Roma Jim Wells
Harris
Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land
Bexar
San Antonio-New Braunfels
McLennan
Waco
LOCALITIES
11 36
Montgomery
Beaumont-Port Arthur
Fort Bend
IN YELLOW College Station-Bryan
Corpus Christi
Galveston
ZONE Brownwood
Brazoria
Bell
▼ (-9) Big Spring
Kingsville ▼ (-6) Brazos
Jefferson
Beeville
Nueces
Bay City
Comal

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, El Paso, Lubbock, Amarillo, McAllen-Edinburg-Mission, Wichita Falls, Odessa, Midland, Sherman-Denison, Plainview, Texarkana, Paris, Levelland,
Eagle Pass, Snyder, Lamesa, Sulphur Springs, Victoria, Stephenville, Andrews, Pampa, Huntsville, Dumas, Vernon, Hereford, Borger, Mineral Wells, Sweetwater, Bonham, Raymondville, Pecos
All Orange CBSAs: Laredo, Brownsville-Harlingen, Abilene, Tyler, Longview, Del Rio, Alice, San Angelo, Athens, Granbury, Mount Pleasant, Rio Grande City-Roma, Palestine, Gainesville,
Brenham, El Campo
All Red Counties: El Paso, Tarrant, Dallas, Lubbock, Randall, Hidalgo, Potter, Wichita, Ector, Midland, Grayson, Ellis, Hale, Johnson, Bowie, Lamar, Hockley, Kaufman, Maverick, Hunt, Terry,
Scurry, Dawson, Hopkins, Young, Lamb, Victoria, Erath, Andrews, Wise, Gaines, Gray, Walker, Moore, Wilbarger, San Saba, Deaf Smith, Cass, Hutchinson, Yoakum, Van Zandt, Palo Pinto, Nolan,
Lavaca, Montague, Fannin, Mitchell, Lynn, Ochiltree, Burleson, Parmer, Dallam, Leon, Bailey, Wheeler, Willacy, Eastland, Archer, Castro, Reeves, Cochran, Madison, Childress, Fisher, Jackson,
Swisher, Brewster, Winkler, Crosby, Hartley, Runnels, Garza, Somervell, Floyd, Hansford
All Orange Counties: Collin, Denton, Webb, Cameron, Taylor, Smith, Parker, Val Verde, Rockwall, Gregg, Tom Green, Jim Wells, Henderson, Hood, Hill, Harrison, Starr, Chambers, Pecos, Wood,
Anderson, Cooke, Upshur, Washington, Presidio, Zavala, Panola, Comanche, Bosque, Wharton, DeWitt, Callahan, Morris, Mills
All Yellow Counties: Harris, Bexar, McLennan, Montgomery, Fort Bend, Galveston, Brazoria, Bell, Brazos, Jefferson, Nueces, Comal, Burnet, Orange, Brown, Howard, Hays, Guadalupe, Titus,
Rusk, Waller, Grimes, Caldwell, Falls, Liberty, Gonzales, Llano, Duval, Bee, Kleberg, Matagorda, Atascosa, Fayette, Lampasas, Jones, Polk

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

TEXAS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
UTAH Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Utah is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 9th highest rate in the country.
Utah is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 9th highest rate in the country.
• Utah has seen an increase in new cases and a decrease in test positivity; however, test positivity was increasing in 13 counties and
was over 10% in 24 counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Salt Lake County, 2. Utah County, and 3.
Davis County. These counties represent 73.8% of new cases in Utah.
• 79% of all counties in Utah have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 76% having
high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 18% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 46% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 5% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death. There are apparent outbreaks in facilities in Salt Lake
City, Brigham City, Bountiful, and Nephi.
• Utah had 448 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 1 to support operations activities
from FEMA and 1 to support epidemiology activities from CDC.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 61 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 8 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Utah. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• In all high-level transmission counties, especially where hospital capacity is limited, Utah should limit bar and gym hours, reduce
occupancy limits, and urgently enforce face coverings, occupancy restrictions, and social distancing policy.
• Make clear recommendations that those who attended large gatherings (rallies, protests) seek testing.
• Expand wastewater surveillance at the most local levels to detect early transmission and direct testing and mitigation efforts.
• Surge contact tracing efforts where incidence and test positivity are highest to ensure immediate isolation and interview of cases
within 48 hours of test result; expand capacity by focusing/reducing the interview, developing scripts and protocols to allow task-
shifting, expanding staff by hiring within local communities, and using remote support from lower burden communities.
• Document diligent adherence to CDC recommendations for schools with in-person activities, including use of face coverings for all
students and teachers.
• Expand culturally-specific outreach to at-risk populations (Hispanic and Tribal communities) and expand testing along with contact
tracing, spaces, and supplies (food) for isolation or quarantine.
• Focus on protecting the most vulnerable by ensuring that all nursing homes with cases of COVID have had repeated facility-wide
testing with rapid antigen tests and complete inspection surveys to investigate and enforce strict adherence to CMS guidance.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

UTAH
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 14,360 60,937 687,656


+26%
(RATE PER 100,000) (448) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


16.5% -1.5%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 91,194** 401,866** 7,362,570**


-2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (2,845**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 48 417 6,542


+45%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.5) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


18% +5%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


46% +3%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


5% +0%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

UTAH
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

UTAH
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

49 hospitals are expected to report in Utah


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

UTAH
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Salt Lake
Utah
Salt Lake City
Davis
Provo-Orem
LOCALITIES
9 22
Weber
Ogden-Clearfield
Washington
IN RED St. George
Logan
Cache
ZONE Heber
Tooele
Box Elder
■ (+0) Vernal
Cedar City ▲ (+2) Summit
Wasatch
Price
Sanpete
Uintah

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ▼ (-2)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Emery

■ (+0) ▲ (+1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Salt Lake, Utah, Davis, Weber, Washington, Cache, Tooele, Box Elder, Summit, Wasatch,
Sanpete, Uintah, Iron, Carbon, Sevier, San Juan, Morgan, Duchesne, Juab, Millard, Garfield, Beaver

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

UTAH
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
VERMONT Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Vermont is in the yellow zone for cases, indicating between 10 and 50 new cases per 100,000 population, with the lowest
rate in the country. Vermont is in the green zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or below 4.9%, with the lowest rate in
the country.
• Vermont has seen an increase in new cases and stability in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Chittenden County, 2.
Washington County, and 3. Orleans County. These counties represent 65.7% of new cases in Vermont.
• Institutions of higher education (IHE): Outbreak at St Michael’s College reached 65 cases. University of Vermont detected 7
cases.
• No counties in Vermont have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, no nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, none had at least one
new staff COVID-19 case, and none had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Vermont had 27 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 2 to support operations
activities from FEMA and 1 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 0 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 3 patients with suspected COVID-19 were
reported as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Vermont. An average of 93% of hospitals reported either new confirmed
or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total
number of COVID-related hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Vermont has been extraordinarily successful with limiting transmission due to a well-designed set of gradated mitigation
measures and enhanced disease control capacity, including greatly expanded testing and contact tracing capacity.
However, there is cause for concern given the continued uptick in the state, the more marked increases in the region, and
the arrival of colder weather. The current period offers a time window to add additional mitigation activities, including
augmented communications to reinforce messaging around social gatherings and additional surveillance for asymptomatic
community spread similar to the system that has worked well at IHEs. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for
greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted
through proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups
from the community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all
hospital personnel, large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care
facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which
should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community
members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of
symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into
the community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties.
Requiring use only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives
must be reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication
from state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Vermonters to wear masks, physically distance,
and avoid gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the
community and have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to
routinely test all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
IHEs to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and
community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VERMONT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 171 22,390 687,656


+23%
(RATE PER 100,000) (27) (151) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


0.8% +0.2%* 2.7% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 27,174** 719,818** 7,362,570**


-10%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (4,355**) (4,849**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 0 220 6,542


N/A
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.0) (1.5) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% -3%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


0% -6%* 17% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


0% N/A* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VERMONT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VERMONT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

15 hospitals are expected to report in Vermont


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VERMONT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

■ (+0) ■ (+0)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VERMONT
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
VIRGINIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Virginia is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 41st highest rate in the country.
Virginia is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 28th highest rate in the country.
• Virginia has seen stability in new cases and stability in test positivity but at a high level, suggesting mitigation is inadequate and must be
accelerated.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Fairfax County, 2. Prince William County, and 3.
Virginia Beach City. These counties represent 20.6% of new cases in Virginia.
• 62% of all counties in Virginia have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 25% having high
levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 13% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 20% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Virginia had 107 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 32 to support operations activities from
FEMA; 4 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; 100 to support operations activities from USCG; and 26 to support medical activities
from VA.
• The federal government has supported surge testing in Harrisonburg, VA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 86 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 212 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as newly
admitted each day to hospitals in Virginia. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new suspected
COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• Refer to the national profiles in the back of the packet. There is continued, accelerating community spread across the top half of the country,
where temperatures have cooled and Americans have moved indoors. Also shown is continued, significant deterioration in the Sunbelt as
mitigation efforts were decreased over the past 6 weeks, leading to the most diffuse spread experienced to date.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate isolation,
contact tracing, and quarantine. All red and orange counties must begin proactive testing of 18-40 year-old community members.
• Please contact all hospitals reporting less than one week’s PPE supply to confirm data; contact the regional FEMA office for support if this
supply issue is confirmed.
• Virginia must expand the mitigation efforts statewide as test positivity and cases are increasing, despite decreased testing. New hospital
admissions in Virginia continue at a moderate plateau; there must be increased mitigation at the community level. Mitigation efforts should
continue to include wearing masks in public; physical distancing; hand hygiene; avoiding or eliminating the opportunities for mask-less
crowding in public, including bars, and eliminating all social gatherings beyond the immediate household; and ensuring flu immunizations.
• We need to protect those we are thankful for in our families and communities. Ensure indoor masking around vulnerable family members
during any gatherings due to the significant amount of virus circulating and the high rate of asymptomatic and undiagnosed infections
among family and community members.
• Unrelenting and significant community spread is initiated by social gatherings among friends and family. People must remember that
seemingly uninfected family members and friends may be infected but asymptomatic. Exposure to asymptomatic cases can easily lead to
spread as people unmask in private gatherings.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to prevent further outbreaks on or off campus; ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and residents. There
continue to be high levels of positive LTCF staff members, indicating continued and unmitigated community spread in these geographic
locations.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 9,144 39,789 687,656


+9%
(RATE PER 100,000) (107) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


7.7% -0.3%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 138,003** 753,082** 7,362,570**


-7%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,617**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 55 361 6,542


-47%
(RATE PER 100,000) (0.6) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


13% +1%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


20% +2%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% -2%* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

86 hospitals are expected to report in Virginia


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Prince William
Roanoke City
Roanoke
LOCALITIES
5 33
Franklin
Roanoke
Washington
IN RED Blacksburg-Christiansburg
Kingsport-Bristol
Wise
ZONE Big Stone Gap
Scott
Lee
■ (+0) Martinsville
▲ (+2) Salem City
Campbell
Henry
Prince George
Fairfax
Chesterfield
Montgomery
LOCALITIES
2 22
Chesapeake City
Stafford
IN ORANGE Lynchburg Hanover
ZONE Winchester Frederick
Hampton City
■ (+0) ▲ (+3) Culpeper
Radford City
Tazewell
Shenandoah
Virginia Beach City
Henrico
Loudoun
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria
LOCALITIES
7 28
Arlington
Richmond
Norfolk City
IN YELLOW Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News
Harrisonburg
Lynchburg City
ZONE Danville
Bedford
Spotsylvania
▲ (+3) Staunton
Bluefield ▲ (+4) Pittsylvania
Danville City
Halifax
Petersburg City

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Prince William, Roanoke City, Roanoke, Franklin, Washington, Wise, Scott, Lee, Salem City, Henry, Campbell, Prince George, Russell,
Rockingham, Botetourt, Winchester City, Smyth, Carroll, Bristol City, Dinwiddie, Buckingham, Alleghany, Pulaski, Martinsville City, Nottoway, Patrick,
Franklin City, Giles, Dickenson, Galax City, Floyd, Williamsburg City, Covington City
All Orange Counties: Fairfax, Chesterfield, Montgomery, Chesapeake City, Stafford, Hanover, Frederick, Hampton City, Culpeper, Radford City, Tazewell,
Shenandoah, Mecklenburg, Manassas City, Wythe, Appomattox, Buchanan, Grayson, Manassas Park City, Bland, Craig, Clarke
All Yellow Counties: Virginia Beach City, Henrico, Loudoun, Arlington, Norfolk City, Lynchburg City, Bedford, Spotsylvania, Pittsylvania, Danville City,
Halifax, Petersburg City, Augusta, Warren, Amherst, Prince Edward, Orange, Isle of Wight, Hopewell City, Colonial Heights City, Page, Goochland,
Fredericksburg City, Accomack, King William, King George, Westmoreland, Madison

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
WASHINGTON Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Washington is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 42nd highest rate in the
country. Washington is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 40th highest rate in
the country.
• Washington has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. The state reported records for the greatest number
of cases twice last week. King County health officials attributed many of recent cases to personal gatherings.
• Cases increased in multiple counties in both eastern Washington and especially in the Puget Sound area. The highest incidences
continued to be in counties in eastern Washington. Current hospitalizations continue to gradually increase and are nearing the
summer peak reached in August.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. King County, 2. Pierce County, and 3.
Spokane County. These counties represent 52.6% of new cases in Washington.
• 38% of all counties in Washington have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 8%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 6% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 16% had at least one new staff
COVID-19 case, and 3% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Washington had 104 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 59 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 3 to support operations activities from ASPR; and 21 to support operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 34 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 68 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Washington. An average of 91% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of
COVID-related hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the concern of Washington health leadership that the current increase in disease activity will cause serious increases in
avoidable cases, hospitalizations, and deaths. Washington has been successful with limiting transmission with gradated mitigation
measures and enhanced disease control capacity, including expanded testing. The current period offers a time window to add
additional mitigation activities. Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce
messaging around social gatherings and a new asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control
of transmission will allow for greater resumption of business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from
state and community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Washingtonians to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid
gatherings in both public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and
have been successfully recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test
all teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage
institutions of higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to
family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WASHINGTON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 7,893 21,975 687,656


+47%
(RATE PER 100,000) (104) (153) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


5.1% +1.1%* 8.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 96,833** 312,430** 7,362,570**


+6%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (1,272**) (2,177**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 74 171 6,542


+7%
(RATE PER 100,000) (1.0) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +1%* 7% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


16% +3%* 22% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


3% +1%* 2% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WASHINGTON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WASHINGTON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

92 hospitals are expected to report in Washington


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WASHINGTON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
2 Walla Walla
Lewiston 3 Walla Walla
Asotin
Stevens
▲ (+1) ▲ (+2)

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
2 Yakima
Pullman 3 Yakima
Whitman
Garfield
■ (+0) ▼ (-1)

Pierce
Spokane-Spokane Valley
Spokane
LOCALITIES
8 9
Kennewick-Richland
Clark
Portland-Vancouver-Hillsboro
IN YELLOW Olympia-Lacey-Tumwater
Benton
Thurston
ZONE Moses Lake
Wenatchee
Grant
▲ (+1) Longview ▲ (+1) Cowlitz
Chelan
Shelton
Mason

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WASHINGTON
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
WEST VIRGINIA Issue 21
SUMMARY
• West Virginia is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 29th highest rate in the
country. West Virginia is in the yellow zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 5.0% and 7.9%, with the 38th highest rate in
the country.
• West Virginia has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Kanawha County, 2. Cabell County, and
3. Berkeley County. These counties represent 24.6% of new cases in West Virginia.
• 49% of all counties in West Virginia have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 4%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 14% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 25% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 6% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• West Virginia had 173 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 7 to support operations activities
from FEMA; 8 to support epidemiology activities from CDC; 1 to support operations activities from CDC; and 29 to support
operations activities from USCG.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 33 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 32 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in West Virginia. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new
confirmed or new suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing among 18-40 year-olds and isolation of positive cases. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission
should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Effective practices to decrease transmission in public spaces include limiting restaurant indoor capacity to less than 50% and
restricting hours until cases and test positivity decrease to the yellow zone.
• Review testing at universities; if universities have not been testing all students (on and off campus) weekly, then work with them to
implement weekly testing protocols. Investigate if there is ongoing transmission in university towns. Ensure appropriate testing
and behavior change in the 10 days prior to student departure to hometowns for the holiday season.
• Message to communities basic actions they should take now:
• Do not gather without a mask with individuals living outside of your household.
• Always wear a mask in public places.
• Stop gatherings beyond immediate household until cases and test positivity are in the yellow zone.
• Get your flu shot.
• In accordance with CDC guidelines, masks must be worn by students and teachers in K-12 schools.
• Work with hospitals, local leaders, and chambers of commerce to create and communicate messages for West Virginians to adopt
about the risks of gatherings outside the home and the importance of wearing a mask. These messages should be tailored to rural
communities.
• Ensure all hospitals, including rural hospitals, have access to antivirals, antibodies, PPE, and ventilators. Work though FEMA to
secure supplies when stocks of less than a week’s supply is confirmed.
• The number of nursing homes with COVID positive staff continue to decline; however, a quarter of nursing homes have COVID
positive staff. Trace back all cases and communicate to staff the personal behaviors that need to be adopted to stop the spread.
Ensure all nursing homes, assisted living, and elderly care sites have full testing capacity and are isolating positive staff and
residents.
• Review data for areas where hospitalizations are increasing, but cases are steady.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.
The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WEST VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 3,095 39,789 687,656


+19%
(RATE PER 100,000) (173) (129) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


5.5% +1.1%* 6.2% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 62,436** 753,082** 7,362,570**


+2%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (3,484**) (2,441**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 40 361 6,542


+60%
(RATE PER 100,000) (2.2) (1.2) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


14% +1%* 14% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


25% -5%* 23% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


6% +1%* 4% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WEST VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WEST VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

54 hospitals are expected to report in West Virginia


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WEST VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES

LOCALITIES
IN RED
ZONE
0 N/A 2 Mingo
Gilmer

■ (+0) ■ (+0)

LOCALITIES
4 6
Wood
Wheeling Marshall
IN ORANGE Parkersburg-Vienna Ohio
ZONE Cumberland
Winchester
Wyoming
Wetzel
▲ (+4) ▲ (+5) Mineral

Kanawha
Cabell
Charleston
Berkeley
Huntington-Ashland
LOCALITIES
9 19
Putnam
Hagerstown-Martinsburg
Wayne
IN YELLOW Bluefield
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria
Boone
ZONE Weirton-Steubenville
Logan
Jackson
▲ (+1) Mount Gay-Shamrock
Elkins ▲ (+1) Randolph
Monroe
Point Pleasant
Lincoln
Upshur

Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Yellow Counties: Kanawha, Cabell, Berkeley, Putnam, Wayne, Boone, Logan, Jackson, Randolph, Monroe,
Lincoln, Upshur, Morgan, Preston, Lewis, Hampshire, Braxton, Tyler, Pleasants

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WEST VIRGINIA
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
WISCONSIN Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Wisconsin continued to see an unrelenting rise in cases and test positivity in an ongoing health emergency that is leading to increasing
hospitalizations and deaths; a more comprehensive mitigation strategy is needed. The rise in test positivity, hospitalizations, and deaths
confirm increasing disease activity. Wisconsin is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the
3rd highest rate in the country. Wisconsin is in the red zone for test positivity, indicating a rate at or above 10.1%, with the 10th highest rate
in the country.
• Wisconsin has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity. The state reported more than 5,500 cases a day last week on
average; hospitalizations and deaths continued to increase last week with hospitalizations six times the level of early September, while
cumulative deaths have doubled in that period.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Milwaukee County, 2. Dane County, and 3.
Waukesha County. These counties represent 26.7% of new cases in Wisconsin.
• Intense community virus transmission is seen throughout the state with none of 72 counties reporting less than 100 cases per 100,000
population. Eight counties reported more than 1,000 cases per 100,000 population last week. 100% of all counties in Wisconsin have
moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 96% having high levels of community transmission
(red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 30% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 61% had at least one new staff COVID-
19 case, and 13% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death.
• Wisconsin had 651 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 7 to support operations activities from
FEMA; 48 to support medical activities from ASPR; 8 to support operations activities from ASPR; 1 to support testing activities from CDC; 2 to
support epidemiology activities from CDC; 2 to support operations activities from CDC; 1 to support operations activities from USCG; 8 to
support medical activities from VA; and 2 to support operations activities from VA.
• The federal government has supported surge testing at the University of Wisconsin System and in Neenah, WI.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 386 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 150 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported as
newly admitted each day to hospitals in Wisconsin. An average of greater than 95% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• We share the strong concern of Wisconsin leaders that the current situation is worsening dramatically and that additional measures are
needed to limit further cases and avoid increases in hospitalizations and deaths. The Governor’s continued personal guidance on these
measures is critical and is commended.
• Additional measures should be taken, including augmented communications to reinforce messaging around social gatherings and a new
asymptomatic surveillance approach to limit community spread. Maximizing control of transmission will allow for greater resumption of
business activity in addition to limiting cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through proactive and
increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel, large
private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify geographic
areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive testing and isolation
of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce asymptomatic transmission should run
concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases. Neighboring Minnesota is initiating a broad campaign of
asymptomatic testing among 18-35-year-olds and regional cooperation would allow for better control of disease since cross-border
movement contributes to disease transmission.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the community;
these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use only in symptomatic
individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic
infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be reported
as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and immediate
isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• Mitigation measures to limit transmission in personal gatherings need continued strengthening. This needs communication from state and
community leaders of a clear and shared message asking Wisconsinites to wear masks, physically distance, and avoid gatherings in both
public and private spaces, especially indoors. Hospital personnel are frequently trusted in the community and have been successfully
recruited to amplify these messages locally.
• Ensure all K-12 schools are following CDC guidelines, including mask wearing, and utilize the Abbot BinaxNOW tests to routinely test all
teachers as another indicator of the degree of community spread to further increase mitigation efforts.
• Ensure university students continue their mitigation behaviors to ensure no further outbreaks on or off campus. Encourage institutions of
higher education to test their student body before they leave campus for Thanksgiving break to mitigate exposure to family and community.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WISCONSIN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 37,920 207,351 687,656


+20%
(RATE PER 100,000) (651) (395) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


15.5% +1.9%* 11.4% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 287,017** 1,857,759** 7,362,570**


+6%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (4,930**) (3,536**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 286 1,493 6,542


+25%
(RATE PER 100,000) (4.9) (2.8) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


30% +9%* 19% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


61% +6%* 39% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


13% +4%* 7% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WISCONSIN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WISCONSIN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

130 hospitals are expected to report in Wisconsin


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WISCONSIN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Milwaukee-Waukesha Milwaukee
Green Bay Waukesha
Appleton Brown
LOCALITIES
26 69
Wausau-Weston Racine
Eau Claire Outagamie
IN RED Racine Marathon
ZONE Oshkosh-Neenah
Sheboygan
Winnebago
Sheboygan
▲ (+1) Beaver Dam ▲ (+8) Dodge
Fond du Lac Fond du Lac
Janesville-Beloit Rock
Chicago-Naperville-Elgin Eau Claire

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
1 Madison 2 Richland
Sawyer

▲ (+1) ▼ (-2)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 1 Dane

▼ (-2) ▼ (-4)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red CBSAs: Milwaukee-Waukesha, Green Bay, Appleton, Wausau-Weston, Eau Claire, Racine, Oshkosh-Neenah, Sheboygan, Beaver Dam, Fond du Lac,
Janesville-Beloit, Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, Manitowoc, La Crosse-Onalaska, Watertown-Fort Atkinson, Stevens Point,
Shawano, Whitewater, Wisconsin Rapids-Marshfield, Baraboo, Platteville, Marinette, Menomonie, Duluth, Iron Mountain
All Red Counties: Milwaukee, Waukesha, Brown, Racine, Outagamie, Marathon, Winnebago, Sheboygan, Dodge, Fond du Lac, Rock, Eau Claire,
Washington, Kenosha, Chippewa, Manitowoc, La Crosse, Jefferson, Portage, Ozaukee, Waupaca, Walworth, St. Croix, Shawano, Wood, Barron, Sauk,
Calumet, Columbia, Grant, Marinette, Oconto, Waushara, Dunn, Lincoln, Oneida, Clark, Monroe, Langlade, Door, Jackson, Trempealeau, Juneau, Polk,
Pierce, Kewaunee, Marquette, Green, Adams, Vilas, Green Lake, Taylor, Iowa, Douglas, Lafayette, Buffalo, Price, Rusk, Vernon, Forest, Bayfield,
Menominee, Crawford, Ashland, Washburn, Pepin, Burnett, Iron, Florence

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WISCONSIN
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
STATE REPORT
11.08.2020
WYOMING Issue 21
SUMMARY
• Wyoming is in the red zone for cases, indicating 101 or more new cases per 100,000 population, with the 5th highest rate in the
country. Wyoming is in the orange zone for test positivity, indicating a rate between 8.0% and 10.0%, with the 23rd highest rate in
the country.
• Wyoming has seen an increase in new cases and an increase in test positivity; test positivity was over 10% in 19 counties and
increased in 14 counties.
• The following three counties had the highest number of new cases over the last 3 weeks: 1. Laramie County, 2. Natrona County, and
3. Campbell County. These counties represent 41.3% of new cases in Wyoming.
• 87% of all counties in Wyoming have moderate or high levels of community transmission (yellow, orange, or red zones), with 78%
having high levels of community transmission (red zone).
• During the week of Oct 26 - Nov 1, 18% of nursing homes had at least one new resident COVID-19 case, 39% had at least one new
staff COVID-19 case, and 9% had at least one new resident COVID-19 death. Apparent outbreaks in facilities in Cheyenne and
Casper, with multiple other facilities having 3 or more cases.
• Wyoming had 576 new cases per 100,000 population, compared to a national average of 209 per 100,000.
• Current staff deployed from the federal government as assets to support the state response are: 3 to support operations activities
from FEMA.
• Between Oct 31 - Nov 6, on average, 24 patients with confirmed COVID-19 and 22 patients with suspected COVID-19 were reported
as newly admitted each day to hospitals in Wyoming. An average of 92% of hospitals reported either new confirmed or new
suspected COVID patients each day during this period; therefore, this may be an underestimate of the actual total number of
COVID-related hospitalizations. Underreporting may lead to a lower allocation of critical supplies.

RECOMMENDATIONS
• The silent community spread that precedes and continues throughout surges can only be identified and interrupted through
proactive and increased testing and surveillance, as universities have done with frequent (weekly) required testing.
• This approach can be adapted to communities/counties in the orange or red zone with proactive weekly testing of groups from the
community (teachers, community college students, county workers, staff in crowded or congregate settings, all hospital personnel,
large private sector employers). These cases should be triangulated with cases among long-term care facility (LTCF) staff to identify
geographic areas with high numbers of asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic cases, which should then trigger widespread proactive
testing and isolation of positive cases among 18-40 year-old community members. These efforts to identify and reduce
asymptomatic transmission should run concurrently with testing of symptomatic persons and contact tracing of cases.
• Expanded, strategic use of point-of-care antigen tests with immediate results will be critical to expanding this model into the
community; these tests should be used among all individuals independent of symptoms in orange and red counties. Requiring use
only in symptomatic individuals is preventing adequate testing and control of the pandemic.
• Antigen tests perform well in the highly infectious window and will be effective in identification of asymptomatic and pre-
symptomatic infectious cases.
• Antigen tests do not perform well after 8-10 days post infection when nucleic acid cycle times are greater than 30.
• All antigen results must be reported with both the number of positive results and total tests conducted; positives must be
reported as COVID cases.
• Proactive testing must be part of the mitigation efforts inclusive of mask wearing, physical distancing, hand hygiene, and
immediate isolation, contact tracing, and quarantine.
• All staff who work with patients or residents should be tested weekly with rapid tests and should not be permitted to work without
a recent negative test or clearance from isolation.
• Consider working with advertising or corporate partners with proven success in local markets to develop new communication
strategies in advance of the holidays.
• Recommend tighter restrictions on commercial indoor occupancy and promotion of face coverings.
• Expand use of local hospital or clinical staff as part of strong public advocacy for community mitigation behaviors.
• Continue development of surveillance network in lower transmission counties by increasing use of quantitative wastewater testing
at the most local levels.
• All institutions of higher education (IHE) should post details of testing on their websites, including testing volume, positivity and
trends and should implement strict community mitigation efforts. All IHE should have plans to test all students before they return
home for the holiday breaks.
• Ensure strict adherence to CDC school policy guidance to curb transmission, including use of face coverings for all K-12 students
and teachers.
• Tribal communities: develop weekly testing programs for all Tribal communities, regardless of symptoms. Ensure quick return of
results (within 48 hours), scaling up rapid antigen tests wherever transmission is most intense. Ensure sufficient facilities for
isolation and quarantine and adequate delivery of food, water, and laundry services.
• Specific, detailed guidance on community mitigation measures can be found on the CDC website.

The purpose of this report is to develop a shared understanding of the current status of the pandemic at the national, regional, state and
local levels. We recognize that data at the state level may differ from that available at the federal level. Our objective is to use consistent
data sources and methods that allow for comparisons to be made across localities. We appreciate your continued support in identifying data COVID-19
discrepancies and improving data completeness and sharing across systems. We look forward to your feedback.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WYOMING
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
STATE, % CHANGE
FROM PREVIOUS
STATE WEEK FEMA/HHS REGION UNITED STATES

NEW COVID-19 CASES 3,332 60,937 687,656


+34%
(RATE PER 100,000) (576) (497) (209)

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB


9.5% +0.9%* 14.3% 8.4%
TEST POSITIVITY RATE

TOTAL VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB 31,624** 401,866** 7,362,570**


+22%**
TESTS (TESTS PER 100,000) (5,464**) (3,278**) (2,243**)

COVID-19 DEATHS 18 417 6,542


-10%
(RATE PER 100,000) (3.1) (3.4) (2.0)

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


18% +3%* 20% 15%
RESIDENT COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW STAFF


39% -2%* 46% 29%
COVID-19 CASE

SNFs WITH ≥1 NEW


9% -6%* 9% 5%
RESIDENT COVID-19 DEATH

* Indicates absolute change in percentage points.


** Due to delayed reporting, this figure may underestimate total diagnostic tests and week-on-week changes in diagnostic tests.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those
reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020; previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
SNFs: Skilled nursing facilities. National Healthcare Safety Network. Data are reported separately for cases among residents and staff. Data is
through 11/1/2020, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may
be included in other NHSN analyses.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WYOMING
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
NEW CASES
TESTING

Top counties based on greatest number of


new cases in last three weeks (10/17 - 11/6)
TOP COUNTIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported directly
by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data through 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WYOMING
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

28 hospitals are expected to report in Wyoming


HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS
HOSPITAL PPE SUPPLIES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In
addition, hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting
figure.
PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition,
hospitals explicitly identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure.
Values presented show the latest reports from hospitals in the week ending 11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WYOMING
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COVID-19 COUNTY AND METRO ALERTS*
Top 12 shown in table (full lists below)

METRO AREA (CBSA) COUNTIES


Laramie
Natrona
Gillette
Campbell
Cheyenne
LOCALITIES
9 18
Albany
Casper
Fremont
IN RED Laramie
Riverton
Park
ZONE Sheridan
Sheridan
Sweetwater
▲ (+3) Rock Springs
Jackson ▲ (+4) Teton
Weston
Evanston
Big Horn
Uinta

LOCALITIES
IN ORANGE
ZONE
0 N/A 0 N/A

▼ (-1) ▼ (-2)

LOCALITIES
IN YELLOW
ZONE
0 N/A 2 Lincoln
Carbon

▼ (-2) ▼ (-1)
Change from previous week’s alerts: ▲ Increase ■ Stable ▼ Decrease

All Red Counties: Laramie, Natrona, Campbell, Albany, Fremont, Park, Sheridan, Sweetwater, Teton, Weston,
Big Horn, Uinta, Converse, Platte, Goshen, Johnson, Sublette, Niobrara

* Localities with fewer than 10 cases last week have been excluded from these alerts.
Note: Lists of red, orange, and yellow localities are sorted by the number of new cases in the last 3 weeks, from highest to lowest. Some dates may have
incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS
Cases and Deaths: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through
11/4/2020.
COVID-19 Issue 21

Top 12 counties based on number of new cases in the


last 3 weeks
TOTAL DAILY CASES

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match
those reported directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Last 3 weeks is 10/17 - 11/6.
COVID-19 Issue 21

WYOMING
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020

CASE RATES AND VIRAL LAB TEST POSITIVITY

NEW CASES PER 100,000 VIRAL (RT-PCR) LABORATORY TEST


POSITIVITY

WEEKLY CHANGE IN NEW CASES WEEKLY CHANGE IN VIRAL (RT-PCR)


PER 100,000 LABORATORY TEST POSITIVITY

DATA SOURCES – Additional data details available under METHODS


Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes.
Cases: State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from USAFacts; therefore, the values may not match those reported
directly by the state. Data is through 11/6/2020. Previous week is 10/24 - 10/30.
Testing: HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs)
through 11/4/2020. Previous week is 10/22 - 10/28.
COVID-19 Issue 21

National Picture
NEW CASES PER 100,000 NATIONAL RANKING OF NEW
CASES PER 100,000
National National
Rank State Rank State
1 ND 27 MS
2 SD 28 TX
3 WI 29 WV
4 IA 30 NC
5 WY 31 FL
6 NE 32 AZ
7 MT 33 AL
8 IL 34 NJ
9 UT 35 PA
10 MN 36 MA
11 KS 37 SC
12 ID 38 DE
13 AK 39 MD
14 IN 40 GA
15 CO 41 VA
16 MO 42 WA
17 RI 43 OR
18 NM 44 LA
19 MI 45 DC
20 AR 46 CA
21 KY 47 NY
22 OK 48 NH
23 OH 49 ME
24 NV 50 HI
25 TN 51 VT
26 CT

NEW CASES PER 100,000 IN THE WEEK:

ONE MONTH BEFORE TWO MONTHS BEFORE THREE MONTHS BEFORE

DATA SOURCES
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week
changes.
Cases: County-level data from USAFacts through 11/6/2020. The week one month before is 10/3 - 10/9; the week two months before is
9/5 - 9/11; the week three months before is 8/8 - 8/14.
COVID-19 Issue 21

National Picture
VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB TEST POSITIVITY NATIONAL RANKING OF TEST
POSITIVITY
National National
Rank State Rank State
1 MT 27 AR
2 ID 28 VA
3 SD 29 AZ
4 IA 30 GA
5 KS 31 OH
6 NE 32 NC
7 ND 33 PA
8 MO 34 FL
9 UT 35 OR
10 WI 36 NJ
11 OK 37 CT
12 MN 38 WV
13 NV 39 MD
14 NM 40 WA
15 IN 41 LA
16 IL 42 DE
17 TN 43 RI
18 TX 44 NH
19 CO 45 CA
20 MS 46 HI
21 AL 47 ME
22 MI 48 NY
23 WY 49 DC
24 KY 50 MA
25 AK 51 VT
26 SC

VIRAL (RT-PCR) LAB TEST POSITIVITY IN THE WEEK:

ONE MONTH BEFORE TWO MONTHS BEFORE THREE MONTHS BEFORE

DATA SOURCES
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week
changes.
Testing: Combination of CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health department-reported data and HHS Protect laboratory
data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) through 11/4/2020. Tthe
week one month before is 10/1 - 10/7; the week two months before is 9/3 - 9/9; the week three months before is 8/6 - 8/12.
COVID-19 Issue 21

National Picture
NEW DEATHS PER 100,000 NATIONAL RANKING OF NEW
DEATHS PER 100,000
National National
Rank State Rank State
1 ND 27 SC
2 SD 28 GA
3 AR 29 MA
4 MT 30 LA
5 WI 31 OH
6 KS 32 CO
7 IN 33 NY
8 NM 34 CT
9 IA 35 KY
10 MO 36 UT
11 WY 37 PA
12 MS 38 FL
13 ID 39 DE
14 TN 40 OR
15 IL 41 WA
16 NE 42 MD
17 MN 43 NJ
18 OK 44 DC
19 AZ 45 CA
20 AL 46 VA
21 NC 47 NH
22 TX 48 AK
23 WV 49 ME
24 NV 50 HI
25 MI 51 VT
26 RI

NEW DEATHS PER 100,000 IN THE WEEK:

ONE MONTH BEFORE TWO MONTHS BEFORE THREE MONTHS BEFORE

DATA SOURCES
Note: Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week
changes.
Deaths: County-level data from USAFacts through 11/6/2020. The week one month before is 10/3 - 10/9; the week two months before is
9/5 - 9/11; the week three months before is 8/8 - 8/14.
COVID-19 Issue 21

METHODS
STATE REPORT | 11.08.2020
COLOR THRESHOLDS: Results for each indicator should be taken in context of the findings for related indicators (e.g.,
changes in case incidence and testing volume). Values are rounded before color classification.
Metric Dark Green Light Green Yellow Orange Red
New cases per 100,000 population per week ≤4 5–9 10 – 50 51 – 100 ≥101

Percent change in new cases per 100,000 population ≤-26% -25% – -11% -10% – 0% 1% – 10% ≥11%

Diagnostic test result positivity rate ≤2.9% 3.0% – 4.9% 5.0% – 7.9% 8.0% – 10.0% ≥10.1%

Change in test positivity ≤-2.1% -2.0% – -0.6% -0.5% – 0.0% 0.1% – 0.5% ≥0.6%

Total diagnostic tests resulted per 100,000 population


≥2001 1001 – 2000 750 – 1000 500 – 749 ≤499
per week

Percent change in tests per 100,000 population ≥26% 11% – 25% 1% – 10% -10% – 0% ≤-11%

COVID-19 deaths per 100,000 population per week 0.0 0.1 – 1.0 1.1 – 2.0 ≥2.1

Percent change in deaths per 100,000 population ≤-26% -25% – -11% -10% – 0% 1% – 10% ≥11%

Skilled Nursing Facilities with at least one resident


0% 1% – 5% ≥6%
COVID-19 case, death

Change in SNFs with at least one resident COVID-19


≤-2% -1% – 1% ≥2%
case, death

DATA NOTES
• Some dates may have incomplete data due to delays in reporting. Data may be backfilled over time, resulting in week-to-week changes. It is critical that
states provide as up-to-date data as possible.
• Cases and deaths: County-level data from USAFacts as of 22:13 EST on 11/08/2020. State values are calculated by aggregating county-level data from
USAFacts; therefore, values may not match those reported directly by the state. Data are reviewed on a daily basis against internal and verified external
sources and, if needed, adjusted. Last week data are from 10/31 to 11/6; previous week data are from 10/24 to 10/30; the week one month before data are
from 10/3 to 10/9.
• Testing: The data presented represent viral COVID-19 laboratory diagnostic and screening test (reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction, RT-PCR)
results—not individual people—and exclude antibody and antigen tests, unless stated otherwise. CELR (COVID-19 Electronic Lab Reporting) state health
department-reported data are used to describe county-level viral COVID-19 laboratory test (RT-PCR) result totals when information is available on patients’
county of residence or healthcare providers’ practice location. HHS Protect laboratory data (provided directly to Federal Government from public health
labs, hospital labs, and commercial labs) are used otherwise. Some states did not report on certain days, which may affect the total number of tests resulted
and positivity rate values. Because the data are deidentified, total viral (RT-PCR) laboratory tests are the number of tests performed, not the number of
individuals tested. Viral (RT-PCR) laboratory test positivity rate is the number of positive tests divided by the number of tests performed and resulted.
Resulted tests are assigned to a timeframe based on this hierarchy of test-related dates: 1. test date; 2. result date; 3. specimen received date; 4. specimen
collection date. Resulted tests are assigned to a county based on a hierarchy of test-related locations: 1. patient residency; 2. provider facility location; 3.
ordering facility location; 4. performing organization location. States may calculate test positivity other using other methods. Last week data are from 10/29
to 11/4; previous week data are from 10/22 to 10/28; the week one month before data are from 10/1 to 10/7. HHS Protect data is recent as of 11:59 EST on
11/08/2020. Testing data are inclusive of everything received and processed by the CELR system as of 19:00 EST on 11/07/2020.
• Hospitalizations: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. This figure may differ from state data due to differences in hospital lists and reporting
between federal and state systems. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition, hospitals explicitly
identified by states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure. The data presented
represents raw data provided; we are working diligently with state liaisons to improve reporting consistency. Data is recent as of 22:28 EST on 11/08/2020.
• Hospital PPE: Unified hospitalization dataset in HHS Protect. This figure may differ from state data due to differences in hospital lists and reporting between
federal and state systems. These data exclude psychiatric, rehabilitation, and religious non-medical hospitals. In addition, hospitals explicitly identified by
states/regions as those from which we should not expect reports were excluded from the percent reporting figure. Data is recent as of 17:24 EST on
11/07/2020.
• Skilled Nursing Facilities: National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). Data report resident and staff cases independently. Quality checks are performed on
data submitted to the NHSN. Data that fail these quality checks or appear inconsistent with surveillance protocols may be excluded from analyses. Data
presented in this report are more recent than data publicly posted by CMS. Last week is 10/26-11/1, previous week is 10/19-10/25. Facilities that are
undergoing reporting quality review are not included in the table, but may be included in other NHSN analyses.
• County and Metro Area Color Categorizations
• Red Zone: Those core-based statistical areas (CBSAs) and counties that during the last week reported both new cases at or above 101 per 100,000
population, and a lab test positivity result at or above 10.1%.
• Orange Zone: Those CBSAs and counties that during the last week reported both new cases between 51–100 per 100,000 population, and a lab test
positivity result between 8.0–10.0%, or one of those two conditions and one condition qualifying as being in the “Red Zone.”
• Yellow Zone: Those CBSAs and counties that during the last week reported both new cases between 10–50 per 100,000 population, and a lab test
positivity result between 5.0–7.9%, or one of those two conditions and one condition qualifying as being in the “Orange Zone” or “Red Zone.”

You might also like